160
Access to Information: Jamaica Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency Waging Peace. Fighting Disease. Building Hope.

Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

Access to Information: Jamaica

Access to Information: Building a Culture

of Transparency

Waging Peace. Fighting Disease. Building Hope.

Page 2: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center strives to relieve suffering by advancing peace and health worldwide; it seeks

to prevent and resolve conflicts, enhance freedom and democracy, and protect and promote human rights worldwide.

Page 3: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

One Copenhill 453 Freedom ParkwayAtlanta, GA 30307

(404) 420-5175Fax (404) 420-5196

www.cartercenter.org

June 2006

Access to Information: Building a Culture

of Transparency

Jamaica

Page 4: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency
Page 5: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vPresident Jimmy Carter

Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Jamaica Access to Information Act 2002: Implementing the Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Minister Colin Campbell

From a Tradition of Secrecy to One of Openness in the Jamaican Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Carlton Davis

Working to Make Access to Information Work: The Rule of Civil Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Carolyn Gomes

Key Considerations in Reforming the Jamaica Access to Information Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Laura Neuman and Carole Excell

Comparative Law Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Mechanisms for Monitoring and Enforcing the Right to Information Around the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Laura Neuman

New Freedom of Information Rights: The First-Year Experience in Scotland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Kevin Dunion

Freedom of Information and the BBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Meredith Cook and Martin Rosenbaum

Implementation of the Promotion of Access to Information Act: South Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Open Democracy Advice Centre

Challenges and Successes in Implementing the Access to Information Act in Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Helen Rumbolt

Appeal Procedures for Access to Information: The International Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Laura Neuman and Carole Excell

Enforcement Under the Jamaica Access to Information Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Nancy Anderson

Table of Contents

Page 6: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

iv

The Right to Environmental Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Carole Excell

Budget Transparency and Accountability for the Prevention and Treatment of HIV/AIDS in Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Alicia Athié and Tania Sánchez

Access to Information and Human Rights: Fundamentals, Points of Emphasis, and Distinctive Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Richard Calland

Whistleblowing Protection: Accompanying Access to Information in Assuring Transparency . . . . . . . . 129Guy Dehn

Open Government: The Challenges Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Alasdair Roberts

About the Authors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

The Carter Center at a Glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Page 7: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

v

Foreword

Jamaica’s remarkable efforts to establish an accessto information regime have made the country aleader in the region and the world. The Jamaican

government and its people have met the challenges ofpassing, implementing, enforcing, and exercising theright to information and have succeeded in demon-strating the law’s value and its potential.

In the past decade, fifty nations have passed accessto information laws, bringing the total number ofcountries whose citizens now count on an enforceableright to information to almost seventy. With themany competing priorities facing governments andcivil society organizations, it is truly significant thataccess to public information remains at the forefrontof the global agenda.

The Carter Center began working in Jamaica in1999 at a time when the draft access to informationlaw was initially being discussed. For more than threeyears, the Center helped inform the debate regardingthe value of access to information and shared relevantinternational experiences. In 2002, the law was passedwith the aim to reinforce the fundamental principlesof democracy.

The goals of the law are admirable, but unachiev-able without its full implementation and enforcementand frequent submission of requests. In recognition ofthis, The Carter Center remained engaged in Jamaicato support and encourage the work of all sectors, andwe have witnessed many advances. In striving to givemeaning to the new right to information, theJamaican civil servants dedicated time and resourcesto renovating the record-keeping systems and receiv-ing training, and civil society remained a partner withgovernment in providing inputs, raising public aware-ness, and in making use of the law.

As the new access to information regime continuesto mature in Jamaica, other obstacles inevitably willarise. However, with sustained attention and effort, Iam confident that the transformation from a cultureof secrecy to one of transparency will continue todeepen. I send my personal congratulations to allJamaicans for your commitment to the benefits andideals of the right to information.

Jimmy Carter, Former President of the United Statesof America

Page 8: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

vi

We have many talented individuals to thankfor their part in the production of thisimportant volume. The effort of many,

from both inside and outside The Carter Center, wentinto its creation. Specifically, we would like to thankthe authors of all the chapters. Their insights, manyfrom first hand experience, regarding the challengesand successes in establishing an access to informationregime enriched this publication, and the discussionof emerging trends provides a guidepost for next steps.

Once again, Access to Information Project ManagerLaura Neuman committed herself tirelessly to the pro-duction and editing of a final guidebook of the high-est quality. Her own deep understanding of the issues,taken from her broad previous experience as an attor-ney as well as in leading The Carter Center’s Accessto Information Projects in Bolivia, Nicaragua, at theHemispheric Level, Mali, and Jamaica have providedthe base of knowledge from which this volumesprings. And her dedication to the promotion ofaccess to information around the world inspires us all.

The Carter Center has the good fortune of beingable to count on a dedicated team of staff and internsthat assist in all aspects of our work, specificallyAmericas Program Director Jennifer McCoy, JaneNandy, and Assistant Director of Publications ChrisOlson Becker. We also recognize the efforts of paststaff Jessica Shpall and Amy Sterner in their help tolaunch the project. Assistant Project CoordinatorChris Hale and Michael Mirelman performed a hostof duties to ensure that this publication was pulledtogether and published on time, and Chris has supported all aspects of the project.

Special thanks go to Carter Center FieldRepresentative Carole Excell. Without Carole, theproject would not have made the immeasurablyimpact that it did in Jamaica. Carole’s expert knowl-edge and commitment to encouraging and supportingthe full implementation and use of access to informa-tion to change lives and culture were the basis for oursuccess. We are truly grateful to have been able tocount on her as a colleague for the past several years.

Our work in Jamaica was enhanced by the manycontributions we received from a corps of inter-national consultants from Canada, the UnitedKingdom, Scotland, the United States, South Africa,and Ireland to name a few. They have provided international context and expert consultations at keymoments and we wish to thank them, and RichardCalland in particular, for their involvement and commitment to the success of access to informationin Jamaica.

Finally, those who deserve the most thanks are the many Jamaicans who have shown us thewarmth, generosity, and commitment that have madeour efforts to support a culture of transparency inJamaica immensely rewarding. The list of persons andorganizations involved in the promotion of access toinformation in Jamaica is long, and growing, but wewould particularly like to acknowledge those whopartnered most closely with The Carter Center fromthe Ministry of Information and the Access toInformation Unit to the Media Association and Press Association of Jamaica, the IJCHR, the BarAssociation, JET, and our tireless colleagues atJamaicans for Justice, you all have taught us themeaning of dedication.

Acknowledgements

Page 9: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

1

Introduction

In passing and implementing the Access toInformation Act 2002, Jamaica has established a new and more open form of governance and

accomplished what many other countries are stillattempting. The Act, which provides citizens anenforceable right to official documents held by publicauthorities, is key to enhancing democracy, ensuringcitizens’ participation, and building greater trust inGovernment decision making. Access to public documents can assist citizens in exercising their otherfundamental socioeconomic rights, such as the rightto housing, appropriate health care, and a clean andhealthy environment, and it can serve to make government more efficient and effective.

Passing an access to information law is, relativelyspeaking, easy in comparison to the practise of imple-mentation, which can be challenging for any country.Successful implementation of an open informationregime requires a commitment of resources (human,financial, and time), preparation of public bodies,development of procedures, change in culture and behaviours, and expertise. It is clear that theJamaican Government and its public authorities, who entered into effect in phases with the final largegroup beginning in July 2005, have made greatprogress in the implementation of the Act includingtraining of civil servants in the law and best practices.Many of the efforts in Jamaica serve as a model forother jurisdictions. However, as with any new regimethere is the potential for constructive reform andadvancement.

The Jamaica Access to Information Act includes a provision triggering an automatic review of the Act two years after it went into effect. ThisParliamentary review was conducted in early 2006,with the special Committee issuing an interim reportin April. This report will be considered and debated,with potential reforms to the Act. Therefore, thebeginning chapters speak to the establishment of an

access to information regime in Jamaica and speak tosome of the key areas addressed in the Parliamentaryreview, providing suggestions for strengthening theact and cautions against retreat.

Minister Colin Campbell in Jamaica Access toInformation Act 2002: Implementing the Act mentions a number of the advances in Jamaica in encouragingcitizen participation, and cites access to informationas one of the most important. Minister Campbellillustrates key achievements in the act’s implemen-tation, and like many of the authors, calls for the permanent establishment and strengthening of anaccess to information support unit.

In Dr. Carlton Davis’ From a Tradition of Secrecy to One of Openness in the Jamaican Public Sector, he reminds us of the evolutionary nature of such amindshift and details some of the important mile-stones already reached in changing the culture ofsecrecy in Jamaica.

Carolyn Gomes in the next chapter Working toMake Access to Information Work: The Role of CivilSociety writes that “no one can fail to appreciate the importance and value of civil society workingtogether toward the common goal of an effectiveaccess to information law.” With this premise inmind, she provides an important treatise on the lessons civil society organizations have learned in working with each other and with government in promoting access to information.

Key Considerations in Reforming the Jamaica Accessto Information Act by Laura Neuman and CaroleExcell provides general comments on the structureand functioning of the Act, in light of the interna-tional experiences, with a focus on the areas thathave received the majority of attention during theParliamentary review. These access to informationexperts provide a number of recommendations forconsolidating the right to information in Jamaica.

Page 10: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

2

It has been well understood from the inception ofthe access to information regime in Jamaica, thatimplementation and enforcement would pose greatchallenges. From administrative aspects, such asrecord-keeping and establishing systems for respond-ing to requests, to the more substantive training,drafting of rules and regulations and finally to thenecessary awareness raising and shift in culture,Jamaica has met the challenges and found some greatsuccesses. The heart of this guidebook, as discussedbelow, concentrates on the issue of implementationand enforcement, lessons learned and areas that may merit additional focus.

The first chapter in this section provides anoverview of the main models used for oversight of the implementation and enforcement of the right to information. Laura Neuman in Mechanisms forMonitoring and Enforcing the Right to Informationaround the World sets out four variations, detailingsome of the main advantages and disadvantages ofeach model.

Following on Ms. Neuman’s overview chapter are three country case studies of implementation and enforcement, two of which count on laws newlyin force and the third enjoying the right to infor-mation for over 5 years. In Scotland, InformationCommissioner Kevin Dunion discusses the challengesfor the public administration and civil society in the first year of implementation of the law as well as the success stories. Meredith Cook and MartinRosenbaum touch on similar issues in Freedom ofInformation and the BBC. In this country case study,the authors detail the preparatory steps taken toimplement the Freedom of Information Act in theUnited Kingdom, and the first year’s challenges andrewards. Finally, colleagues from the Open DemocracyAdvice Centre in South Africa remind us that issuessurrounding implementation of a law are not relevantjust in its infancy and that it is important to remainever vigilant of the effect these challenges may haveon the overall success of an access to informationregime.

We then turn to the specific Jamaica experience inChallenges and Successes in Implementing the Access toInformation Act in Jamaica, by Helen Rumbolt. Thispaper imparts first hand experience on the trials forpublic servants tasked with implementing the Act,requirements for administering the new norm, as wellas the myriad of benefits and successes.

The last part of the section focuses on the enforcement of the right to information. LauraNeuman and Carole Excell again provide an overviewof the international experience in setting the rulesand procedures for effective enforcement in theirchapter Appeal Procedures for Access to Information:International Experience. And Nancy Anderson in herchapter illustrates the mechanisms in place in Jamaicato ensure enforcement under the Jamaica Access toInformation Act. Ms. Anderson details the currentenforcement model, and provides illustrative casesbrought before the Appeal Tribunal. She concludeswith a description of some of the challenges and proposed solutions for reform.

Finally, the laudable objectives of the JamaicaAccess to Information Act may not be met withoutthe laws persistent use. The last section of the guidebook explores ways of using the law—such asfor environmental information, human rights work,and to hold government accountable—as well asexploring the emerging trends in the field of access to information.

Carole Excell in her piece The Right to Environ-mental Information posits that “a right to access environmental information is a central tool to pro-mote democratic accountability and transparency in decision-making on the environment,” and thatthis widespread understanding has led to a myriad ofinternational treaties and conventions and nationallaws. With these norms in place, she provides ideasfor advancing the use of environmental informationto protect our natural resources.

Access to information is often considered one ofthe most powerful tools for holding governmentaccountable for its policies and actions. This is

Page 11: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Introduction

3

most evident in Alicia Althié and Tania Sánchez’paper Using Access to Information Law to PromoteAccountability, where they provide a case study of theuse of access to information to ensure that policiesand resources dedicated to the prevention and treat-ment of HIV/AIDS are reaching this most vulnerablepopulation.

In Richard Calland’s paper Access to Informationand Human Rights: Fundamentals, Points of Emphasisand Distinctive Trends he reminds us that “Freedom ofInformation is a fundamental human right and…thetouchstone of all freedoms to which the UN is conse-crated.” In this brief treatise, Mr. Calland identifies anumber of the international instruments that lay thefoundation for a right to information, and some cur-rent international law. But perhaps most importantly,he places this in the critical context of serving peopleto exercise their most basic rights to water, healthcare and housing.

The final two chapters in the guidebook are dedicated to emerging trends and next steps. As Guy Dehn in his article Whistleblowing Protection:Accompanying Access to Information in AssuringTransparency states, “with the movement for access to information firmly entrenched around the world,increasingly the trend toward establishing comple-mentary whistleblowing protection laws mustemerge.” Whistleblowing protection, he argues, is one of the other necessary pieces for a robust disclosure system. And lastly, scholar Alasdair Robertsforeshadows the next generation of issues confronting

access to information advocates and administrationsin Open Government: The Challenges Ahead. Thispaper touches on three main areas for future consider-ation including the inherent difficulties in changingthe culture of secrecy within bureaucracies, the shiftsin the structures of government—such as increasedprivatization of services, the ever growing influence of international financial institutions, and the newnational security paradigm, and the effect that newtechnologies will have on the right to information.

The Carter Center has been privileged to supportthe Jamaican Government and civil society through-out the establishment of the new information regime.We began in 1999 working to inform the debateregarding the passage of the law and have remainedpresent, including the opening of a local field officein 2004, to provide technical support to governmentand civil society and to share the international expe-riences regarding implementation and enforcement.There are now almost 70 countries with access toinformation legislation, and many more consideringthe passage of a law. Like Jamaica, as countries workto implement these difficult acts, new lessons arebeing learned on the value of a well drafted law andits consequences for the executing public authoritiesand users. We hope that this guidebook will serve as a tool to encourage debate regarding reform of thelaw, increase readers’ understanding of the challengesand successes in implementing and enforcing a law, and provide ideas of future use of the law and emerging trends.

Page 12: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency
Page 13: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

5

The Access to Information Act was passed in law by Parliament in July 2002 and cameinto force in January 2004. The passage and

subsequent enforcement of this piece of legislationunderscored the Government of Jamaica’s unquestion-able commitment to good governance as evidenced bythe observation of the principles of openness, trans-parency and accountability upon which the Act ispredicated.

The passage of the Access to Information Act 2002places Jamaica at the forefront of the WesternHemisphere in not only conferring a general right ofaccess to official government documents by way oflegislation, but in working systematically, to ensurethat the right is understood by the implementers andis one to which there is widespread commitment.

Over the years the Government has been systemat-ically taking steps to include the widest participationof the citizenry in the policy formulation and policyimplementation process. These initiatives include butare not limited to the opening up of the legislature, in particular the Public Accounts Committee ofParliament to the public via the electronic and printmedia. It is in this context and against this back-ground that the promulgation and enforcement of the Access to Information Act 2002 should be understood.

Establishment of the Access toInformation Unit

To this end, the Government established theAccess to Information (ATI) Unit in August of

2002, charged with implementation and monitoringfunctions, and serving also, as the Secretariat for theAccess to Information Appeals Tribunal, also estab-lished in that same year.

Jamaica Access to Information Act 2002: Implementing the Act

Minister Colin Campbell

Given the signal importance of the Access toInformation initiative, the Unit is being placed onthe permanent establishment of the Government, inthe Office of the Prime Minister.

Whilst there have been a number of challengessince the enactment of the Access To InformationAct of 2002, there have been a number of milestonesachieved to date, these include,

• the establishment of the Access to InformationAssociation of Administrators

• the establishment of the Access to InformationLegal Task Force

• the establishment of the Access to InformationAdvisory Committee of Stakeholders

• the crafting of the ‘Guidelines on the dischargeof functions by the public authorities underAccess to Information (Jamaica) Act, 2002’

• a User’s Guide

• the automatic application of the Act to all public entities as of July 5, 2005

• the promulgation of the Access to Information(Appeal Tribunal) Rules, 2005

• the first Hearings of the Access to InformationAppeal Tribunal, which were heard and disposedof in September 2005

• the Access to Information Act of 2002 is currently being reviewed by the Joint SelectCommittee of Parliament as required by theAccess to Information Act.

Page 14: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

6

Strengthening of the ATI Unit andthe Provisions of the ATIA 2002

Steps are currently being taken to strengthen theATI Unit in order to ensure its ability to monitor

the adherence to the Act by the various organs of theState. As part of the capacity building exercise therequisite personnel is being recruited and trained. Inthe months to come, the Unit will embark upon avigorous public education islandwide campaign whichwill be extended beyond stakeholder clusters and willinclude attempts to widen the span of educationalinstitutions which have introduced components ofthe Access to Information regime into their curricula.

The review of the Access to Information Act currently being undertaken by the Joint SelectCommittee of the Parliament will ensure that the legislation remains current and that it reflects theevolution of accountability and transparency inGovernment. As indicated in the last publication, the Government acknowledges the need to prioritise

concluding its deliberative processes, relative to thematter of the repeal and replacement of the OfficialSecrets Act and indeed other legislation which mayhave clauses of non-disclosure. The objective is to reconcile such legislation with the Access toInformation Act of 2002 in order to ensure the efficacy of the Act.

Conclusion

The era of openness and transparency in the country, welcomed the Access to Information

Act and celebrated the promise it holds for deepeningdemocracy and more generally, for the empowermentthat attends informed choices in the conduct of everyday life. The effort we will make going forward, is toensure that the torch lit, continues to burn an everbrightening light of enlightenment, to pave the wayfor future generations to come and to pay fitting tribute to those past.

Page 15: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

7

Secrecy has been part of the ethos of theJamaican Public Sector. This ethos could beregarded as a ‘natural inheritance’ from the

British, which ruled Jamaica for more than three hundred years, and transferred, among other things,its Whitehall/Westminster system of Government.

The most obvious manifestation of the ethos wasthe Official Secrets Act, enacted in Great Britain, in1911, which has been a part of Jamaican law sinceshortly after that. Apart from the Official Secrets Act,the ethos of secrecy was reflected in the Staff Orders,which more or less codified the conduct of public officers. The ethos was also reflected in the practicalday-to-day activities of Government, even in respectof matters that were clearly beyond a doubt, ones thatcould be made available to the public without offend-ing the Act or the Staff Orders.

However, in keeping with the trends elsewhere,particularly other Commonwealth countries withwhich Jamaica shares the Whitehall/Westminster sys-tem of government, the Government of Jamaica hasbeen moving quite deliberately to change this ethosof secrecy towards one of much more openness. It hasbeen doing so, largely because of its view that on abalance of considerations, better governance, derivesfrom more openness. It leads, ceteris paribus, to areduction of corrupt practices and a more informedpublic.

From a Tradition of Secrecy to one ofOpenness in the Jamaican Public Sector

Carlton Davis

Whilst a number of measures have been taken inParliament and the Executive Government towardsmore openness, the pièce de résistance is The Accessto Information Act which in effect makes all informa-tion accessible except those matters specificallyexcluded in the Act.

Whilst some members of the public and the mediaregard the Act as a ‘cautious one’ in that it has notgone ‘all the way’ in regard to opening up informationin Government, it has already been having the effectof: forcing departments of Government to improvetheir data storage and retrieval capacities; making alot of information available to the public, on request,and on a more timely basis than would otherwisehave been the case; forcing the Public Service to bemore meticulous about what it does because theactions of its members might “see the light of day” asthe saying goes.

One disappointing aspect, so far, has been how lit-tle information has been sought for research purposes.One would have thought for example, that therewould have been a lot more interest in the period ofthe 1970s in which a number of domestic and inter-national issues were in the fore.

All in all, though, the evolution from secrecy tomore openness has been an important step in theright direction. This, in addition to the other reformmeasures will undoubtedly result in an improvementin the quality of governance of the country.

Page 16: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency
Page 17: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

9

In 2001, Jamaicans For Justice got involved withlobbying for a strong and effective Access toInformation Act. Working with other civil society

groups, including the Jamaica Civil ServiceAssociation, which is somewhat unique based onother jurisdiction’s campaigns for access to informa-tion, the Jamaica campaign for an effective Actresulted in a number of changes to the draft Bill thathad been brought to the Parliament for debate. Thesechanges had the effect of strengthening the act,which was ultimately passed in 2002, and which was,while not by any means ideal, potentially an effectivepiece of legislation.

Recognizing that the international experience hasdemonstrated the necessity of making requests toensure the Acts effectiveness, and bearing in mindthe experience of Belize where the law has lan-guished, Jamaicans For Justice decided to continueworking on Access to Information with a view toencouraging its broad based use. Excited about thepossibilities inherent in an enforceable right of accessto information to enhance the enjoyment of all otherrights, we nevertheless realized that effective civilsociety engagement in the establishment of a userfriendly access regime would require strategic thinkingand resources. The organization developed a strategybased on three main goals: ensuring that the publicwas aware of the Act; encouraging the public andcivil society groups to use the Act; and data gatheringon the response of government agencies to requestsfor information in preparation for the review of theAct due two years after the implementation date. The strategies to be employed included:

Working to Make Access to InformationWork: The Role of Civil Society

Carolyn Gomes

• a mass media public education campaign;

• targeted workshops with civil society groups toencourage the use of the Act in their specificareas of focus;

• assisting interested persons in making requests;

• development of a special database to allow forefficient data gathering; and

• the development of a network or consortium ofusers of the Act to strengthen the breadth ofinterest and to enable a sharing of experiences.

It also was decided that we would aim to work as closely and cooperatively with government as possible, both to improve information sharing and as a way to ensure that misunderstandings, whichwould inevitably arise in any enterprise as radical as a complete transformation of a governmental culture of secrecy to one of openness, could beworked through rather than form stumbling blocks to effective implementation.

With the goals and strategies defined, attempts toidentify the financial and personnel resources toimplement the programme began and were eventuallysuccessful with the receipt of grant funding from theCanadian International Development Agency(CIDA), which allowed us to employ an additionalstaff member dedicated to our ATI work, and thedevelopment of a memorandum of understandingwith the Carter Center, which saw close cooperationon certain aspects of the programme, while avoidingoverlap on other areas of focus.

Page 18: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

10

Civil Society Engagement

No one can fail to appreciate the importance andvalue of civil society working together toward

the common goal of an effective access to informationlaw. It is through these partnerships that single voicesare magnified, and changes are effectuated.Nevertheless, coordina-tion is often challengingand the impact of thelaw not immediatelyappreciated. Discussedbelow are a number oflessons that we learnedthrough our focus onaccess to information inJamaica, and themesthat may merit addition-al considerations.

Networking Takes Energy

Building a network of persons knowledgeable aboutATI and how to use it, and then actually making therequests, proved more difficult than first envisioned.Workshops with groups and individuals served tostimulate interest and generate requests, often builtaround topical rather than targeted information, butdifficulties in getting information from Ministries andagencies led rapidly to loss of interest and someincrease in cynicism. These difficulties were in largemeasure due to the phased implementation of theAct. Requests made to agencies under the Act wereoften transferred to agencies not yet under the Act,which were not obliged to provide the information oreven to acknowledge receipt of a request. Manyimportant agencies (or their associated companies)were not brought under the Act until 18 months afterthe start of the implementation process, andrequestors who were making requests on topicalissues, often became frustrated and cynical about theutility of the Act.

Another complexity which surfaced in the buildingof the ATI users network was the amount of commit-ment required from civil society groups, which were

often struggling to cope with the demands of theirprimary areas of interest. Levels of involvement varied across the network and organizations neededfrequent encouragement and help from those mostdedicated to the issue. The network eventually didbecome a more cohesive group of NGO’s and CBO’s

knowledgeable about the act, interested indevelopments related to the act and willing toadvocate for the act.Moreover, through thenetwork’s outreachactivities, NGO’s whomight otherwise nothave become involveddeveloped a deep

commitment to the use of ATI. Nevertheless, thereremained within the network of users a general needfor leadership and guidance.

Using the Law

Requests for information were made in the several different ways permitted by the Act, including telephone requests, using the prescribed form, makinge-mail requests and sending in letters. A number ofprocedural issues immediately surfaced including:

• Reluctance of some agencies to act on telephone requests,

• Insistence of some agencies on requests beingmade on a prescribed form and signed by therequestor,

• Uncertainty as to whether thirty days meant 30 working or calendar days, and

• Reluctance of some agencies to process e-mailrequests.

As these difficulties are yet to be satisfactorilyresolved after two years, many of the civil society sub-missions to the Parliamentary Committee reviewingthe Act included implementation aspects and sugges-

No one can fail to appreciate the importanceand value of civil society working togethertoward the common goal of an effective

access to information law.

Page 19: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

The Role of Civil Society

11

tions for improving the application of the Act. The Parliamentary Committee has made a series ofrecommendations, including some that in practicemay detract from the intent of the Act, such as therequirement for receipt of a signed application beforethe clock starts ticking on the days allowed to satisfythe request.

ATI Advisory Stakeholders Committee

At the invitation of the Access to Information Unitof the Ministry of Information, representatives of thePrivate Sector Organization of Jamaica, the MediaAssociation of Jamaica, the Caribbean ExaminationsCouncil, the Jamaican Bar Association, the JamaicaCivil Service Association, Jamaicans For Justice, theJoint Committee for Tertiary Education, the PressAssociation of Jamaica, CARIMAC, FarquharsonInstitute of Public Affairs, the Independent JamaicaCouncil for Human Rights and others, met andagreed to form a voluntary body of stakeholders tooversee the implementation of ATI. The committeedeveloped terms of reference, agreed by the Ministerof Information, and in February 2004 the Access toInformation Advisory Stakeholders Committee beganmeeting monthly to:

• receive reports on the implementation andadministration of the ATI Act;

• interact with the Minister responsible forInformation and the ATI Unit on matters pertaining to the administration of the Access to Information Act;

• identify such aspects of the administration of theATI Act as may be in need of strengtheningand/or modification; and

• provide recommendations on/and support for anAccess to Information Public EducationProgramme.

The ATI Advisory Stakeholders Committee pro-vided a significant contribution from civil society andits work will be considered in greater detail below.

Monitoring the Implementation and Compliance

The monitoring of requests provided its own chal-lenge for civil society. The designing of the database,in partnership with The Carter Center, stretched thetechnological competence of our consultant whoworked hard to ensure that the database capturedillogical but plausible situations, such as the fact thatone request could simultaneously be transferred toanother agency while also the subject of a request forinternal review on the very same transfer decision.Capturing the several fates that could befall a singlerequest took longer than expected and was a learningprocess for all concerned, but was finally resolvedthrough experience, time and modifications. Thedatabase now works well and serves to document theoutcome of individual requests and provide alerts totime lapses and situations that require further action.

The human resources necessary to accurately trackrequests and keep individual requestors updated alsoproved quite formidable. It takes a dedicated assistantto overcome the cynicism of many requestors andkeep them updated and interested in the outcome oftheir requests, this was particularly challenging withrequestors who were requesting information on topi-cal rather than personal interest issues. Since thecommunication was directly between Ministries orAgencies and the requestors, difficulties arose inensuring that the database was updated on the out-come of requests. This follow-up relied heavily onJamaicans For Justice’s human resources, as therequestors did not always notify us of receipt of documents, notices or denials.

Moreover, the assistance and monitoring projectled to the perverse result of a strain in relationshipsbetween Jamaicans For Justice and the public bodiesAccess Officers. As many of the early requests camevia Jamaicans For Justice’s offices, initially there wasconfusion as to the requestor and access officers werereplying to JFJ rather than to the individual seekingthe documents. Some resentment built among accessofficers because information requested was sometimesnot collected, and documents which took time to pre-pare were abandoned and left to collect dust on the

Page 20: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

12

desks of the Officers. A number ofreasons could account for requestorsfailure to collect their documents,including that some requestors weresimply testing the Act in the initialstages and that there was no prac-tical provision for persons outsideof Kingston to pay the costs ofreproduction and receive theirrequested information.

Despite the difficulties—and the resources, both human andfinancial, required, Jamaicans For Justice’s database monitoredapproximately one third of therequests made to government and provided the only statisticalanalysis of performance of various agencies and ministriesresponding to ATI requests available to the Parliamentary Committee reviewingthe Act in February of 2006.

Enforcing the Act

The prolonged delay in getting the Appeals Tribunalup and running profoundly affected the process ofcivil society engagement in the entrenchment of theright to access to information. The Act calls for theformation of an Appeals Tribunal but contains noprovisions for a Tribunal secretariat, and all of themembers who were appointed to that body wereemployed full-time elsewhere. The practical effect was that the process of drafting and consultation onthe rules took the Appeals Tribunal and Governmentof Jamaica more than 18 months.

In the end the rules that were finally placed in theOfficial Gazette bore little resemblance to what hadbeen discussed between civil society and the Tribunal.The ultimate product was legalistic, cumbersome andintimidating for the ordinary requestor. Appeals satfor more than a year and a half without a date forconsideration, and when the Tribunal finally set thedate for their first hearing in September 2005, the

appellants were given less than three weeks notice.The lawyers who had agreed to represent these firstcases pro bono as part of their membership on theVolunteer Attorney’s Panel created by The CarterCenter, the Jamaican Bar Association and theIndependent Jamaica Council for Human Rights,were unavailable on such short notice. The ATIAdvisory Stakeholders Committee, among others,protested on behalf of the appellants and brought thedeficiencies to the attention of the media. The firsthearings were postponed until October 2005.

Unfortunately, with each succeeding month thatthe Tribunal did not function, the public’s cynicism asto government’s commitment to greater openness andaccountability was reinforced. Moreover, the rulesthat the Tribunal eventually adopted further con-tributed to the skepticism and intimidation of mem-bers of the public. When hearings did eventually getoff the ground in October 2006, in the face of thebattery of lawyers representing the government agen-cies, the assistance of the Volunteer Attorney’s Panelwas absolutely irreplaceable and without their workand support it is likely that all of the appeals wouldhave failed. Regrettably, the proceedings of the

Page 21: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

The Role of Civil Society

13

Tribunal to this point have remained quite legalisticand the hopes that the Tribunal would be serve a lessformal, intermediary function between the citizen andthe government have been stymied.

That the difficulties with the Tribunal formed partof virtually all the civil society submissions to theParliamentary Review of the Act is perhaps instruc-tive of the difficulties with enforcement. Alsoenlightening is the fact that one civil society groupwas able to complete a Judicial Review in the courts,and get a ruling, in less time than it took to get ahearing and ruling from the ATI Tribunal on a relatedmatter. The issue of enforcing this progressive Actneeds the urgent attention of the Government ifgains made in transparency and accountability are not to be lost through ineffective mechanisms.

Working With Government

After the passage of the Act in June 2002, the government established an Access to

Information Unit to oversee implementation acti-vities across the spectrum of government bodies, and to ensure education of the Government and the general public about the Act. Under the leader-ship of Attorney Aylair Livingstone a great deal ofprogress was made, both in the preparation of theGovernment and in involving civil society in thetasks necessary for imple-mentation. Several meet-ings were held and thecooperation culminatedin a marathon sessionduring which the draftregulations to govern theAct were extensivelyrevised with major inputsfrom civil society groups,the Parliamentary oppo-sition working with the Minister of Information, thehead of the ATI Unit and the Parliamentary drafters.All this was conducted in an atmosphere of consulta-tion and cordiality, which was a welcome respite fromthe oftentimes adversarial relationship between

Government and Civil Society. It seemed a hopefulbeginning that acknowledged mutual interest in see-ing implementation of an effective access regime.

The ATI Unit had also been instrumental in thecoming together of the Access to InformationAdvisory Stakeholders Committee. Initial communi-cation with that unit and the Committee was excel-lent and joint goals and projects to ensure effectiveimplementation agreed upon and implemented.

Among the several collaborative activities under-taken by civil society and government around accessto information were:

• A day long series of activities on InternationalRight to Know Day 2004, starting with a PressConference at which the Minister of Informationwas the main speaker, and which included pre-sentations by representatives of the CarterCenter, the ATI Advisory StakeholdersCommittee and the ATI AdministratorsAssociation;

• The ATI Students Challenge Competition sponsored by the Gleaner Company which sawstudents and teachers from across the islandusing the Act and winning prizes for their efforts.The presentation lunch was attended by theMinister of Information.

These activities helpedto foster public awarenessabout the Act and itsprovisions and showGovernment and CivilSociety working together.

The initial interactionbetween government andcivil society, as represent-ed by the consultationsand activities outlined

above, was excellent and should have set the stage forincreasing cooperation and collaboration. The ATIUnit interfacing with stakeholders was able to form a bridge between the two groups; issues that aroseduring the early stages of implementation had a forum

…this was conducted in an atmosphere of consultation and cordiality, which was a welcome respite from the oftentimes

adversarial relationship between Government and Civil Society.

Page 22: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

14

for discussion, communication and mutual under-standing (if not always resolution). Though therewere hiccups, short deadlines for meetings and latesharing of information among them, these were not so great as to discourage participation or frustrate understanding.

While no one was naïve enough to expect the rela-tionship between government and civil society to beentirely conciliatory, it was unexpected how fast therelationship deteriorated once the communicationlink provided by the ATI unit was disrupted. Withthe term of contracts of the head of the Unit and theunit’s Public Relations officer ending in July 2005 andtheir decision not to continue, the departure left theunit with one administrative officer who was quiteunable to cope with the volume and complexity ofthe work. The unit’s responsibilities were transferredto the Ministry of Information and Office of thePrime Minister, but without staff dedicated solely to the administration of the Act, civil society andgovernment were left with no clear channel for communication and dialogue. Misunderstanding andmiscommunications abounded, and the collaborationenjoyed in the beginning of the Act’s implementationsuffered. These communication difficulties resulted in the Government proceeding with a review of thefunctioning of the Act by the Parliament, withoutfully informing stakeholders of the timing or theplans. This in turn resulted in civil society having toscramble to meet short deadlines for submissions to be accepted and in some cases an inability to satisfythe abbreviated timeframe.

The results of the breakdown of the communica-tion link served by the ATI Unit and StakeholdersAdvisory Committee were unfortunate as opportunities for public education, offered by the MediaAssociation to the Jamaica Government, were lostand the earlier consensual approaches to difficultiesforsaken. It also threw into stark relief the difficultiesof changing entrenched paradigms of governmentoperations and the important role of enlightenedleadership in that cultural shift.

Conclusion

Our experiences over the past 4 years with Access to Information have proved one thing

conclusively—“the devil lies in the details.” Having aworkable access to information regime is dependenton more than a well-crafted Act with limited exemp-tions. With every aspect of the work, whether it wasnetworking, using, monitoring (including developinga functional database), enforcing and interacting with Government, it was the nitty gritty details thatcaused the most difficulties and required the mostattention and resources.

It is not enough to tell civil society groups that theAct can help them in their work, and show them howto make requests, it proved necessary to work closelywith key members of organizations, to encouragechallenges to denials, to keep the interest alive untilpeople saw information actually coming back whichthey could use. It is not enough to build a good data-base, it proved crucial to keep it updated and to dothat required the devotion of significant resources tofollowing up and encouraging requestors. It is notenough to have a Tribunal of ‘good men and true,’they need support and encouragement from civil society and the government. It is not enough to havea good working relationship with Government; thereis the need for constant dialogue and communicationto avoid misunderstandings and personality clashes,and the need for more than one champion for access,at more than one level of the State.

It is however extremely hopeful that despiteingrained paradigms of secrecy and privilege through-out the Government, and entrenched cynicism in the populace, that in the first two years of the cominginto force of an access to information regime, morethan 600 requests were made, just under 50% weregranted either full or partial access and an increasinglyaware and assertive NGO community is beginning touse the Act to further their own work. It is a lot ofwork to make access work but it may be beginning to pay off.

Page 23: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

15

Key Considerations in Reforming the JamaicaAccess to Information Act

Laura Neuman and Carole Excell

The Jamaica Access to Information Act isunique in providing for an automaticParliamentary review of the law two years

after its implementation began. This is a positive provision as it allows for reflection as to both theterms of the Act as well as its impact for the Jamaicanadministration and its users. In general, Jamaica’sAccess to Information law meets the emerging inter-national norms with a sound structure and provisionsto promote openness. But as experience has shown,there are a few provisions that could benefit fromrenewed consideration and debate. As with the passage of the law, the starting point for any reviewshould be a dedication to strengthening the Act’sability to promote transparency and openness whiletaking into account the necessities of its imple-menters and users.

This paper seeks to provide general comments onthe structure and functioning of the Act, in light ofthe international experiences, as Jamaica seeks toensure the broad exercise of this fundamental humanright. These observations are not exhaustive, butrather general ideas that can be serve as an additionalinput for consideration and debate.

Scope

The scope section of access to information legislation provides the extent to which public

and private entities are covered under its provisions.For the most part, the definition of public authoritywithin the Jamaican Access to Information Act 2002meets the international standards.

In addition to all agencies of government andstatutory bodies and authorities, it provides the possibility for including some relevant private sector

bodies, such as those wholly owned by the govern-ment or an agency of government and those compa-nies that provide “services of a public nature whichare essential to the welfare of the Jamaican society.”1

This is consistent with the trend that increasinglyincorporates more private sector entities within thescope of the legislation. Modern laws vary from apply-ing to those organizations that receive some publicfunding, such as in the Mexican law, to those bodieswhich provide public services, as is found in theJamaican act, to the South African case which coversall private bodies when the information requested is“necessary to protect or exercise a right.”

The rationale for including all public bodies underthe provisions of the act, as well as extending cover-age to some private sector bodies, is that throughaccess to information those in power may be heldaccountable for their decisions. For most citizens, it does not matter whether the government is responsible for their electricity supply or a privateentity, what is of concern is that it is accessible, consistent and affordable. “It seems unwise and unfairto create duties for the public sector to provide a rightto access to information while exempting powerfulprivate interests. Nevertheless, with private sectorinformation it is appropriate to include a caveat toensure that there is not an unjustified intrusion onprivacy. As with publicly held information, a right to private bodies’ information also can be limitedwith appropriate exemptions, such as for commercialconfidentiality or trade secrets. But where a privatecompany is clearly providing a public service, such as

1 The Jamaica Access to Information Act 2002, sec. 5(3).

Page 24: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

16

after a privatization process, its information should be defined in the law as ‘public information’ and covered under the Act.”2

Although, as stated above, the definition of publicauthority is well-drafted, the provision allowing forcertain public entities to be exempt from the act may serve to frustrate the broad definition and under-mine the law’s objectives. International best practicedictates that all public institutions should fall withinthe scope of the law, but that specific documents thatmeet the clearly drafted legally prescribed exemptionsmay be properly withheld from disclosure. With themultitude of safeguards provided by the exemptionssection, it is difficult to imagine a rationale thatwould justify the wholesale exclusion of agencies or publicbodies from the scope of an access to infor-mation act.

Therefore, section 6of the Jamaican Act maywarrant additional con-sideration as to whetherit is necessary given theexemptions section andwhether it in fact advances the objectives of the law.Moreover, for the private sector companies listedwithin the act to be covered, there is the necessity foran affirmative resolution, which in practice has notoccurred. Deletion of this additional step for inclusionwithin the scope of the Act would be a positivereform of the law, and serve to ensure that all relevantbodies holding critical “public information” are covered by the legislation.

Summary

• Definition of public authority is well-drafted andmeets international norms

• Provision allowing certain public entities to beexempt from act may frustrate law’s objective

• Potential for inclusion of certain private sectorcompanies in the act is positive, but may consider streamlining means in which theybecome covered

Implementation Issues

As Jamaica has experienced over the past twoyears, the full and effective implementation

of an access to information act is challenging andresource intensive. In the United Kingdom, a recentreport of the Information Commissioner’s Officefound that in surveying 500 persons responsible withthe day-to-day operation of the act, 31% found that

the introduction of theact was either fairly orvery difficult.3 Problemstend to revolve aroundoutdated or disregardedrecord-keeping systems,overburdened anduntrained personnel,under-resourced publicagencies, and a prevail-ing culture of secrecy.Many of these issuescannot be resolved

through legislative amendments, but rather practiceand time. Often, it is more important to consider theway in which the law is being interpreted or appliedthan it is to alter the legislation. However, there are a few areas where reforms in the Act could serve tofurther implementation efforts and support public servants and the users of the Act.

Need for a Legislated Oversight Body

An oversight body with the responsibility of coordi-nating implementation efforts across governmentagencies, promoting training of functionaries and

International best practice dictates that all public institutions should fall within the

scope of the law, but that specific documentsthat meet the clearly drafted legally prescribed

exemptions may be properly withheld from disclosure.

2 “Access to Information Laws: Pieces of the Puzzle,” The Promotion of Democracy Through Access to Information, L. Neuman, The CarterCenter, 2004.

3 Freedom of Information: One Year On, Information Commissioner’sOffice, United Kingdom, January 2006.

Page 25: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Key Considerations in Reforming the Act

17

public education, responding to agencies questions,and ensuring consistency and sustainability is criticalto the success of any access to information regime.4

The benefit of the voluntarily established Access toInformation Unit in Jamaica is well-known. ThisUnit served as a link between the implementers andthe users, established guidelines and responded topublic authority concerns. International experiencesupports these findings, demonstrating that without a dedicated and specialized oversight body, such asthe Jamaica Unit, “the compliance rate is lower, thenumber of requests more limited, and the right toinformation eroded.”5

A number of countries have created a statutoryoversight body, with powers and responsibilities clearlyoutlined within their legislation. By mandating theoversight body within the law, rather than rely on thegood will of the Parliament or responsible Minister,jurisdictions have sought to overcome the problem ofchanging administrations and scarce resources beingdrawn away from the entity.6

Jamaica’s Access to Information Act would benefitfrom a specifically legislated specialized access toinformation oversight body. As is found in the mostadvanced laws, the Act could make provision for animplementing agency or individual to be in charge of reviewing the manner in which records are main-tained and managed by public authorities; monitoringimplementation efforts and the automatic publicationof documents by the public authorities; receivingmonthly reports and assisting in the annual report to Parliament, and training of public servants andmaterial development. In implementing the Act, thus far, one of the greatest concerns raised has beenthe lack of a diverse requester base and applicationsarriving to the wrong public body, incomplete or confused. Greater public education will address many of these complaints. Thus, this body could alsoassume the responsibility for public education andpromotion campaigns, including raising awarenessabout the functioning of the Act and the govern-ment’s successes.

Summary

• Consider amending the Act to include a statutorily mandated oversight body

• The body could assume responsibility for coordi-nating and supporting implementation efforts, aswell as training and public education

Costs

The Jamaica Access to Information Act as presentlywritten fully conforms to emerging international stan-dards and experiences. The general principle withrelation to costs is that there should be no fee for therequest, search and compilation of information, butthat minimal payments should be applied to offset thereproduction costs. There are a number of reasons tolimit the fees to reproduction costs only. First, fees forsubmitting a request for information can serve as anobstacle for many users. For example, when Irelandamended their freedom of information law to includea flat £10 charge for information requests the numberof request dropped by almost a third. Second, it iscostly for the government to process the fees and theydo not recoup the actual costs. In Canada there is aC$5 dollar charge, but it costs the administration sig-nificantly more just to process the fee. The CanadianInformation Commissioner in his annual report of2004 stated that “At their current levels and as cur-rently administered, fees for requests under the Actseem designed to accomplish one purpose—and onepurpose only: to discourage frivolous or abusive accessrequests. The fee system is not designed to generaterevenue for governments or even as a means of recov-ering the costs of processing access requests. That isnot an acceptable premise on which to build a rightof access.” Moreover, many experts argue that the

4 For a more in-depth discussion of the issue and international experiences see “Mechanisms for Monitoring and Enforcing the Right to Information around the World,” Access to Information: Building aCulture of Transparency, L. Neuman., The Carter Center, 2006.

5 Id.

6 For jurisdictions with statutory oversight bodies, see, South AfricanPromotion of Access to Information Act, the United Kingdom Freedomof Information Act, Mexico Transparency and Access to Information Act,and Canada Access to Information Act.

Page 26: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

18

provision of information is a fundamental governmentservice, much like the police department, libraries orpublic education and as such should not extract anadditional cost.

In addition, it may be unfair to charge requestersfor the actual time public officers spend processingand searching for documents. In many countries withrecently enacted access to information laws, thearchiving and recordkeeping systems are often in disarray. What mighttake minutes to findunder well-ordered systematized record-keeping systems, maytake days or weeks whenrecords are unorganizedand dispersed. In thesecases, to charge therequester for the time ittakes to find a documentis patently unfair as thecitizen will bear the burden of the state’spoor administration of records. Finally, fees caninequitably limit the number of requests from personsoutside of the capital when there is no process forpaying locally.

As written, the Jamaica law provides that a fee maybe charged for reproduction costs only, and that thismay be waived, reduced or remitted. In practice,presently there is not a systematic mechanism forremitting payment for photocopying, other than inperson. Should additional fees apply for submission of requests or search for documents, this problemwould be amplified. Fees for search add a dimensionof discretionality to the process, as the time that ittakes to find documents depends greatly on the infor-mation officer and the organization of information.Consequently, the trend is away from including suchfees and rather finding other cost-saving means ofproviding information such as automatic publication(discussed below). Therefore, we would encourage theretention of the fee schedule as presently exists.

Summary

• The Jamaica Act’s provision mandating costrecovery for reproduction with the potential for waiver or reduction conforms with best international practice

Automatic Publication

The “right to know” approach, whereby governmentsautomatically publish as much information as possi-

ble, is important inincreasing transparency,reducing costs for boththe state and therequester, and makingthe law more conven-ient. As discussed above,governments are oftenfaced with resource limitations and the needto seek mechanisms toreduce bureaucratic costswhile continuing tomeet all of their obliga-

tions. One way in which this can be accomplished isthrough automatic publication. The more informationthat is made available, without the need for individu-alized decision-making related to each request, theless costly for the state.

Thus, most modern laws include provisions forautomatic publication of certain official documents byeach public authority. Unfortunately, if these provi-sions are not clear or are too difficult to implementthey will not encourage public authorities to publishand widely disseminate documents of significant pub-lic interest. Thus, the automatic publication schememust be well-defined and mandated within the law.

A number of jurisdictions including India, SouthAfrica, and the United Kingdom have, within theiraccess to information laws, unambiguously spelled-outprovisions governing the automatic publication ofinformation. This has provided clear guidance to thepublic authorities on their duties, and in many caseshad a great impact on the public sector and accounta-

In many countries with recently enacted access to information laws, the archiving

and recordkeeping systems are often in disarray… to charge the requester for the time it

takes to find a document is patently unfair as the citizen will bear the burden of the state’s poor administration of records.

Page 27: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Key Considerations in Reforming the Act

19

bility to the public. In Trinidad and Tobago, the lawrequires that each public authority publish threestatements, and where a statement has not been published, the Minister under the Act is required togive reasons, published in the Gazette, for the failure.Broadly, the statements must contain the purpose,structure and functions of the authority, type of information they hold and how members of the publicmay participate in the decision making processes ofthe authority; a description of those documents thatguide the employees of the public authority in doingtheir work; and a complete list of certain types of documents created after the commencement of theAct. The Act itself sets out clear guidelines and liststhe types of documents that must be contained in the statement, as well as where and when it must bepublished.

The Jamaica Access to Information Act of 2002provides for a “roadmap,” supported by the FirstSchedule, i.e. statement of the public authorities’organization and functions and documents held. Butit is not clear within the law that these documentswill be automatically published, even the mostbenign. Moreover, in practice, it appears that themajority of public authorities in Jamaica have notcomplied with even this more limited mandate.Perhaps additional details, such as the lists includedwithin the Mexico, India, and Trinidad legislation,with relation to the types of documents that mustmade available automatically, where these must bepublished (such as on each agency’s Web site) and frequency with which these publications must bemade current would help to ensure better under-standing and compliance with this cost-saving andtransparency promoting mandate.

Summary

• Automatic Publication provides cost-savings for government and makes information moreaccessible for citizens

• More clearly define the requirements for automatic publication in the Act, with clarifying details

Reasonableness of Request

A denial based on “reasonableness” is discretionary,and one that is ripe for abuse. Nevertheless, it isimportant that the public authorities have somemechanism for addressing voluminous requests, such as extending time limits or direct contact withthe applicant to reformulate their request. When aprovision is made to address “the reasonableness of arequest,” the standards for applying such powers mustbe exacting and establish affirmative duties on thepublic officials prior to its invocation. If utilized, theseprovisions must be carefully drawn and executed topreserve the international tenet that a request forinformation may be made regardless of the reason or personal interest in the document.

In ARTICLE 19’s Principles on Freedom ofInformation they suggest that before any request isdenied based on reasonableness, the public authoritiesand access officers should be required to “assist appli-cants whose requests are unclear, excessively broad orotherwise in need of reformulation.” In both the NewZealand Official Information Act and the Trinidadand Tobago Act there is a mandate to assist the appli-cant prior to a refusal on the grounds of reasonable-ness, stating that “before refusing to provide informa-tion on [these] grounds the authority has taken rea-sonable steps to assist the applicant to reformulate theapplication so as to avoid causing such interference.”7

Similarly, the Australian Freedom of InformationAct allows a request to be refused when the “Agencyor Minister is satisfied that the work involved in processing the request: (a) in the case of an agency—would substantially and unreasonably divert theresources of the agency from its other operations; or(b) in the case of a Minister—would substantiallyand unreasonably interfere with the performance ofthe Minister’s functions.”8 Once again, there are anumber of conditions which must be met before such a decision is taken, including written notice andidentification of an officer of the agency or member of

7 The Freedom of Information Act, 1999 sec. 21(1), Trinidad and Tobago.

8 Freedom of Information Act, 1982, sec. 24, Australia.

Page 28: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

20

staff with whom the requester may consult in order toremove this ground for refusal. There is even a specificprovision that states that refusal may not be based onthe costs of copying or reason for the request, and thisdecision is appealable.

This section of the Act has been criticized by theAustralian Law Reform Commission (ALRC) on thegrounds that the power to refuse a request withoutprocessing it is potent and that every attempt shouldbe first made to assist the applicant. In addition, theALRC notes that agencies should not be able to usethis section simply because their information manage-ment systems are poorly organised and documentstake an unusually long time to identify and retrieve.In other words, the decision should be based on the reasonableness of the request itself, not on theagencies ability to satisfy the request.

Thus, many jurisdictions have found other mecha-nisms for addressing voluminous requests, such asextending the time period for processing. TheCanadian Access to Information Act allows theauthority to extend the time limit for a reasonabletime when the request is for “a large number ofrecords or necessitates a search through a large num-ber of records and meeting the original time limitwould unreasonably interfere with the operations ofthe government institution or when consultations are necessary to comply with the request that cannotreasonably be completed within the original timelimit,” and notice is provided to the requester.9

Currently the Jamaican Access to Information Act does not include provisions for dealing with voluminous or broad requests nor is there any affirma-tive duty to assist applicants. The Act provides thatassistance be made available when requested and thatapplicants should have an opportunity for consulta-tion, but these place the duty on the requester ofinformation rather than the responsible informationofficer. Should there be contemplation of reformingthe act to address the issue of reasonable requests, wewould urge consideration of allowing the extension oftime period rather than outright denials and that allsafeguards be established, such as an affirmative duty

for the information officer to assist the applicant.Finally, automatic publication of large bodies of documents again may serve to reduce the number ofvoluminous requests, and increased public educationassists applicants in submitting more carefully crafted requests.

Summary

• Public authorities should have mechanisms fordealing with voluminous requests

• If the Act is reformed to address voluminousrequests, there should also be an affirmative duty to assist applicants

• Moreover, consideration should be given to allowthe extension of time period for responses ratherpermit outright denials

Public Interest Test

All access to information laws include exemptionsfor release of information when such disclosure

would cause a specified harm to the public interest. Inthe best access to information laws, exemptions to theright to access information are narrowly and clearlydrafted and explicitly define the public interest that isbeing protected (and harm avoided) by the disclosuredenial. Nonetheless, in ultimately determiningwhether a document is exempt from disclosure, thebest international practice dictates that a second“public interest” test be administered. Under this public interest test, a balancing exercise is undertakenthat weighs the potential harm in releasing the document against the public good in the document’sdisclosure.

The more modern access to information laws, such as South Africa, the UK, and most CanadianProvinces, include a general statutory provision for a“public interest test” prior to a denial based on one ofthe listed exemptions. In the Trinidad law there is acomprehensive public interest test, which states that:

9 Access to Information Act, 1985, sec. 9, Canada.

Page 29: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Key Considerations in Reforming the Act

21

S. 35. Notwithstanding any law to the contrary a public authority shall give access to an exempt document where there is reasonable evidence that significant—

(a) Abuse of authority or neglect in the performance of official duty;

(b) Injustice to an individual;

(c) Danger to the health or safety of an individualor of the public; or

(d) Unauthorised use of public funds, has or is like-ly to have occurred and if in the circumstancesgiving access to the document is justified in the public interest having regard both to anybenefit and to any damage that may arise fromdoing so.

In the UK’s Freedomof Information Act2000, the public interesttest applies to anyexempt information,and mandates that thepublic authority mustconsider if “in all thecircumstances of thecase, the public interest in maintaining the exemp-tion outweighs the public interest in disclosing theinformation”.10 A similar public interest test is includ-ed in New Zealand’s Official Information Act Section9(1) whereby consideration must be given as towhether, “in the circumstances of the particular case,the withholding of that information is outweighed byother considerations which render it desirable, in thepublic interest, to make that information available.”

In Part III of the Jamaica Access to InformationAct there are a number of exemptions listed, howeveronly two are subject to the critical public interesttest.11 Undoubtedly, as witnessed in similar legislation,if the Jamaica Act added an effective public interestoverride that applies to all it would help ensure anappropriate balance between the application of

exemptions and release of information in the public interest.

Summary

• A public interest test allows the harm that disclosure may cause to be weighed against thepublic interest’s in the information, thus assuringan appropriate balance

• Consider including a public interest override test for all exemptions

Enforcement

The enforcement mechanisms of any access toinformation law are crucial to the ultimate suc-

cess of the new transparency regime. If enforcementmechanisms are weak or ineffectual it can lead to

arbitrary denials of infor-mation or ignoring ofrequests. And if appli-cants believe that thereis not an effective mech-anism for review, theywill lose confidence intheir right to access toinformation. Thus, someindependent external

review mechanism is critical to the law’s overall effectiveness.12

At present, the Jamaica Access to Information Actprovides a number of appeal mechanisms, includingan Appeals Tribunal. However, in practice this hasproven difficult for users and burdensome for the pub-

…in ultimately determining whether a document is exempt from disclosure,

the best international practice dictates that a second “public interest” test be administered.

10 Sections 2(2) and (3), Freedom of Information Act (United Kingdom).In the United Kingdom the public interest test does not apply to a num-ber of areas including information already available, court records, person-al information, information relating to security matters, Information relat-ed to Parliamentary Privilege and information given in confidence

11 See, sec. 19 Documents Revealing Government Deliberations and sec. 21 Documents Relating to Heritage Sites.

12 For a more in-depth discussion of the issue and international experiences see “Mechanisms for Monitoring and Enforcing the Right toInformation around the World,” Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency, L. Neuman., The Carter Center, 2006.

Page 30: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

22

lic authority. In our observations, there have beenvery few appeals thus far. Although one reason forthis may be positive, i.e. agencies are making correctdecisions so that there is no basis for appeal, theremay be a number of other reasons that applicants arenot seeking appeals. It may be that there is a lack ofawareness as to the right to appeal, the regulationsrelating to appeals may be too burdensome, or therequirements for appeal unclear or weak. Therefore,consideration may be due for methods of strengthen-ing the appeal provisions to ensure that in practicethey more fully meet the five criteria above.

The Jamaica Access to Information AppealsTribunal is a body of five persons appointed by theGovernor-General after consultation with the PrimeMinister and Leader of the Opposition. The membersserve part-time with no specific legislative guidance asto their duties or the resources available to them tocomply with their mandate. The Appeal Tribunal hasthe power to make binding decisions in relation toappeals against public authorities for refusal of access,deferment, or related to fees for access to information.Additional guidance and powers may be needed toenable the Tribunal to carry out its mandate in a way that is more accessible to member of the publicand ensures greater timeliness of both hearings anddecisions to appellants.13

Powers and Orders

Currently s.32 of the Jamaica Act states that theAppeal Tribunal may make any decision which couldhave been made on the original application. This provision is more limiting and a broader right, such as found in the Connecticut Freedom of InformationAct, may allow greater latitude to address the concerns on appeal. In the Connecticut law, theInformation Commission may “provide any relief thatthe Commission, at its own discretion, believes appro-priate to rectify the denial of any right conferred bythe Freedom of Information Act.”14 Moreover, thereare a number of decisions by the public authoritieswhich appear exempt from review or it is unclear,such as the issuance of a certificate of exemption or

transfer of a request.As with most jurisdictions that have an interim

body with binding order powers, the Appeal Tribunalcould be vested with the specific power to uphold thedecision under review (affirm); reverse the decisionand make their own order (vary and set-aside);remand to the agency for further action; find that theinformation is not exempt, or that on balance releaseof the information is in the public’s interest. The lawcould further detail such powers as the right to issue adecision when the statutory period has elapsed, theability to recommend sanctions, and the ability toreview and reverse a certificate of exemptions.

Summary

• Consider expanding the power of the AppealTribunal to issue decisions related to transfer of requests, exemption certificates, and to levy sanctions

Power to Carry Out Inquiries and Investigations

Most access to information laws provide extensivepowers for the decision-maker to carry out formalinquiries and investigations as to how and why a document was created or destroyed and investigateallegations of altering of records and refusal of access.In the Jamaica Access to Information Act there isonly provision to inspect exempt documents but nopower to carry out investigations. The Access toInformation (Appeal Tribunal) Rules 2004 passed inAugust 2005 also does not address in any detail thepower of the tribunal to carry out investigations andinquiries. In the Ontario Freedom of Information and Privacy Act, in the course of an inquiry, theCommissioner is empowered to summon and examineon oath any person to the same extent as a superiorcourt, when there is a belief that he or she may haveinformation relating to the inquiry.

13 For a more in-depth discussion of the issue and the international experiences see “Appeal Procedures for ATI: International Experience,”Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency, L. Neuman. andC. Excell, The Carter Center, 2006.

14 The Connecticut Freedom of Information Act, sec. 1-206(2).

Page 31: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Key Considerations in Reforming the Act

23

The Tribunal would benefit from a specific powerto serve the public authority with a notice (sometimescalled an “information notice”) requiring it to furnishthe Tribunal with specific data or documents within a specified time period.15 The Irish Freedom ofInformation Act contains useful language as it pro-vides that the Information Commissioner has thepower to require the head of the Authority concernedto furnish additional justifications within 3 weeks.Provisions could also be added to ensure the power tocarry out an inquiry to the same extent as a superiorcourt of record, i.e. to summon and examine on oathany person who, in the Tribunal’s opinion, may haveinformation relating to the hearing.

Summary

• Consider expanding the power of the AppealTribunal’s ability to carry-out investigations, suchas power to serve notice and summon witnesses

Power to Mediate

The trend in administration of justice is to provideoptions for alternative dispute resolution, and accessto information laws are no exception. In many of the more recently passed or amended laws, there arespecific provisions in the Act for mediation prior tolitigation. Hearing all appeals cases, whether orally oron the record, is costly, time consuming and depend-ing on the size of the administration, not realistic. Itcan also be more cumbersome and intimidating forthe appellant if hearings are extremely formal akin to a court and can make the process adversarial innature. Mediation, on the other hand, “can succeedin settling some or all of the issues, reducing the number of records in dispute, clarifying the issues andhelping the parties to better understand the Acts.”16

Therefore, in many jurisdictions, the enforcementbody is vested with the power to mediate claimsbefore they move to the hearing stage. The January2006 report of the UK Information Commissionerindicates that since the Act came into force at theend of 2005, the Information Commissioner’s Officehas received over 2300 complaints about public

authorities not releasing information. Of these, almosthalf of them have been resolved either by negotiationor informal resolution. This is also true of the OntarioInformation Commissioner where in their 2003 reportnotes that sixty percent (60%) of the appeals weremediated in full and that mediation has been the preferred method of dispute resolution since theinception of the Information Commissioners Office.17

In the Jamaica Access to Information Act and in the Appeals Tribunal Regulations there are no provisions for mediation, even though mediation isrecognised and used in the Jamaican Supreme Courtand Resident Magistrate Courts. Of course, safeguardsmust be considered to ensure the integrity of themediation and adjudication process and avoid anyinherent conflict of interests. Provisions could beconsidered to make specific allowances for mediationof a disputed access to information decision when allparties agree.18 Binding mediation efforts could beundertaken at any stage of the hearing process, and if the matter is not resolved through mediation, itwould then proceed to a hearing.

Summary

• Alternative dispute resolution mechanismsreduce the cost and time of hearings

• Consider vesting the Appeal Tribunal with mediation powers

Appeal Tribunal Conformation and Procedures

Experience has shown, in countries such as Canada,the UK, and Mexico, that for intermediary appealbodies to be successful they must be endowed withappropriate resources, including full-time personnel

15 Freedom of Information Act 2000, United Kingdom.

16 The Appeals Process and Ontario’s Information and PrivacyCommissioner, September 2000.

17 For a more in-depth discussion of the issue and the international experiences see “Appeal Procedures for ATI: International Experience,” Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency, L. Neuman andC. Excell, The Carter Center, 2006.

18 See Freedom of Information and Privacy Act, Ontario Canada,Freedom of Information Act 1992, Western Australia.

Page 32: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

24

that can become expert on the intricacies of applyingthe access to information law and support theTribunal in their investigations, mediations, and hearings. Unlike other jurisdictions, the JamaicanAccess to Information Appeal Tribunal does not meeton a regular basis, nor does it count on an independ-ent secretariat, with a staff and a budget dedicatedsolely to the support of its proper functioning. A sec-retariat is helpful in assisting claimants, particularlywhen the rules forappeal are quite formal-istic. In practice, resolu-tion of appeals inJamaica has taken manymonths thus adverselyaffecting the realizationof law’s objectives, andthis may be linked to alack of human resources and full-time members of the Tribunal.

For the Tribunal to embody the authoritativeweight found in other like bodies, reform of the sys-tem and regulations may be necessary. Considerationcould be given to creating an independent, full-timeprofessional secretariat to support the Tribunal, pro-viding greater procedural guidance within the statuteand reviewing the internal rules to assure they moreclosely conform to the principles listed above.

Summary

• Consider establishing a dedicated, independentsecretariat for the Appeal Tribunal

Authoritative Weight of Access toInformation Legislation

The Jamaica Access to Information Act specificallystates in s.35 that, “nothing in the Access to

Information Act shall affect any other Act other thanthe Official Secrets Act.” The report of the JointSelect Committee on access to information, March2002, in commenting on submissions in relation to

this section of the law stated, “There were a numberof Acts that would be affected by the ATI Act…all other related Acts should be reviewed as early aspossible to ensure there is uniformity.” The effect of s. 35 of the ATI Act is to require the Government tocomplete the task of reviewing large numbers of sec-tions of legislation and amending each individuallyover a number of years. This is often difficult for anygovernment to complete as demonstrated by the

examples of the UK,Australia and Canadawhere the review ofsuch laws has on averagetaken more than 3 yearsto complete.19

The modern practiceis to ensure that the ATI law is the umbrella,

primary law governing all issues relating to access toinformation. This ensures that all other legislation isinterpreted, as far as possible, in a manner consistentwith the objective of transparency and openness.When well drafted, the exemption section of anAccess to Information law will cover all documentsthat should legitimately be withheld from disclosure,thus obviating the need for other duplicative orpotentially inconsistent and conflictive laws.

In the United Kingdom a specific provision wasadded to ensure the power to bring the existing leg-islative regime into conformance with their Freedomof Information Act. Section 75 of the UK Freedom ofInformation Act vests the Secretary of State with theauthority to order repeal or amend the enactment ofany provision that prohibits disclosure of information“for the purpose of removing or relaxing the prohibi-tion,” so that these other laws become consistent withthe new information regime.

A secretariat is helpful in assisting claimants, particularly when the rules

for appeal are quite formalistic.

19 UK Government identified nearly 250 statutory restrictions on the dis-closure of information in 1993. They are listed in the ‘Open Government’white paper, Cm 2290, Annex B and to be found athttp://www.dca.gov.uk/statbarsrep2005sm1.pdf

Page 33: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Key Considerations in Reforming the Act

25

The difficulty with the current approach taken inthe Jamaican ATI Act is that it allows any otherstatutory provisions to take precedence over the Act, which may prevent access to information in all circumstances including those where there may bean overriding public interest in disclosure. Moreover,it creates a greater burden on public authorities andresponsible officers to review all potentially deter-minative legislation and regulations, rather than justthe Access to Information Act. To ensure greatestconsistency with the principles of transparency, and aide the public servant in fulfilling its tenets, a specific provision such as found in the UK law may be considered.

Summary

• The modern practice is to establish the specialized ATI law as paramount over other acts that mention information, thus facilitating government administrators and alleviating conflicts of law

• Consider including a specific provision to bringexisting legislation under the Act

Conclusion

The Jamaican government and public administra-tion has shown great commitment to instituting

a more open and transparent regime. Through the use of the Access to Information Act, civil societyapplicants have demonstrated their interest in thesuccess of the Act and the benefits that informationcan provide as they strive to more fully participate in public life and more effectively exercise their fundamental human rights. In reflecting on the tenetsof the law and the experiences in implementing andenforcing the Access to Information Act of 2002,Jamaicans have an opportunity to further advancetheir right to information

Page 34: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency
Page 35: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

27

Page 36: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

28

Page 37: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

29

Page 38: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

30

Page 39: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

31

Page 40: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

32

Page 41: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

33

Page 42: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

34

Page 43: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

35

Page 44: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

36

Page 45: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

37

Page 46: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

38

Page 47: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

39

Page 48: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

40

Page 49: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

41

Page 50: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

42

Page 51: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

43

Page 52: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

44

Page 53: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

45

Page 54: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

46

Page 55: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Comparative Law Chart

47

Page 56: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

48

Page 57: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

49

Mechanisms for Monitoring and Enforcingthe Right to Information Around the World1

Laura Neuman

Laws that only threaten, and are not kept,become like the log that was given to the frogsto be their king, which they feared at first, but

soon scorned and trampled on.

—Miguel de Cervantes, Don Quixote, 1605-15

The execution of laws is more important than the making of them.

—Thomas Jefferson, letter to Abbé Arnold,

May 27, 1789

Many countries around the world have signedonto international treaties and declarationscommitting themselves to access to infor-

mation, they have a right to information included intheir constitution, or have passed legislation to givethe right effect. However, without the full implemen-tation and effective enforcement these rights, and the legislation that embodies them, may quicklybecome meaningless.

As I have previously posited, one may consider theestablishment of an access to information regime tocontain three distinct phases: passage; implementa-tion; and enforcement. The first, the passage of thelaw, is relatively speaking perhaps the easiest phase.There now exist emerging international norms as tothe content of such laws, as well as an awakeningcivil society dedicated to promoting the passage ofsuch acts. The second phase, the implementation ofthe law, often proves to be the most challengingpremise for government and its functionaries. Duringthis phase, the public administration must set up sys-tems to organize and manage documents, establishprocedures and processes for the request, retrieval and

provision of information, train public servants, andcommence the shift in institutional culture fromsecrecy to openness. As will be discussed below, experience has demonstrated a clear need for tech-nical support, dedicated expertise and monitoringthroughout the implementation stage.

The third period, and in my mind the most criticalfor the ultimate success of a new transparency regime,is the enforcement phase. It is at this stage that per-sons can seek to enforce their right to informationwhen a request is ignored or denied. Without an independent review procedure of decisions, the rightto information will quickly become discretional andbased on the whims and desires of the persons receiv-ing the request. If the enforcement mechanisms areweak or ineffectual it can lead to arbitrary denials, or it can foment the “ostrich effect”, whereby there isno explicit denial but rather the government agenciesput their heads in the sand and pretend that the lawdoes not exist. Thus, some independent externalreview mechanism is critical to the law’s overall effectiveness.

The institutional framework and apparatus devel-oped for application and oversight of the right toinformation vary. Models for monitoring and enforce-ment range from an absence of statutorily authorizedoversight and intermediary enforcement mechanismsto those whereby the bodies are mandated and vestedwith wide-ranging powers and responsibilities. Thedecision regarding which model will function bestdepends greatly on the specific political, economicand social context and needs of the jurisdiction.However, what is increasingly clear is that in order to

1 This article is largely excerpted from “Models for Oversight andEnforcement of the Right to Information,” The Path Toward the Right toInformation in Bolivia, L. Neuman, Carter Center, 2006.

Page 58: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

50

ensure full and continuing compliance with the law,there is a need for instruments dedicated to the pro-motion, monitoring and enforcement of the access toinformation regime.

No Oversight or IntermediaryEnforcement Body

In some jurisdictions, there is neither a nationaloversight agency to monitor and support implemen-

tation of access to information legislation nor is therean intermediary enforcement body to facilitateappeals. The most notable example of such a regimeis the Freedom of Information Act of the UnitedStates. Under FOIA, there is no mention of aCommission or Commissioner to oversee the imple-

mentation efforts, provide coordination and ensurecompliance with the law of the various executivebranch administrative bodies. Likewise, there is noprovision to establish an intermediary enforcementbody. Rather, dissatisfied requesters must go directlyto the costly and burdensome Federal Court, where

they must wait years for a decision.In practice, each agency is responsible for its own

compliance with FOIA. Each entity periodicallyissues reports, but there is little uniformity in the datacontained and presentation of the report, or is there acompilation or collation of reports for an overall pic-ture of the health of the law.2 Moreover, agencies arevested with the authority to set their own proceduresand rules for application of the act, within the boundsof the broad FOIA legislation. This has led to vastlydifferent experiences among government agencies.

Without continual oversight of the implementa-tion of the law, agencies may over-classify documentsas secret or regularly fail to meet the statutory time-lines for response to requests, as is commonplace inthe United States. For example, in March 2006, the

New York Times dis-closed a “secret policy”to remove previouslyavailable documentsfrom the public realmand “reclassify them asconfidential.” Since1999, thousands of his-torical documents havebeen removed from pub-lic access and without anoversight mechanism theonly way this was discov-ered was through a usernoticing that pages hehad copied some yearsago were now classifiedas “confidential.”3

2 There does exist an Information Security Oversight Office in theNational Archives and Records Administration, which appears to limit itsactivities to agencies that handle “security” issues. In addition, theGovernment Accounting Office periodically has been tasked with review-ing the implementation of the FOIA.

3 US Reclassifies Many Documents in Secret Review, The New YorkTimes, Feb 21, 2006.

Page 59: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Mechanisms for Monitoring and Enforcing

51

A recent report on the state of secrecy in theUnited States, led by a coalition of civil societyorganizations, consumers and journalists under theheading “openthegovernment” found that the execu-tive branch of the US government is using the statesecrecy exception to the FOIA act 33% more nowthan was used during the Cold War and that in 2004the federal government created 81% more secretsthan it did in the year prior to the terrorist attacks onSeptember 11, 2001.4

And with relation to processing times, a study bythe National Security Archives in 2003, indicatedthat, based on the reports provided to Congress, theagencies claimed a “median processing times rangingfrom a low of 2 business days at the Small BusinessAdministration to 905 business days at theDepartment of Agriculture and a high of 1113 business days at the Environmental ProtectionAgency.” Well beyond the 20 working days providedby the law. The authorsfurther argue that“These reported statis-tics, however, mask thetrue extent of the FOIAbacklog problem, whichin some cases leavesFOIA requesters waitingfor over a decade forsubstantive responses toFOIA requests.”5

Without an imple-mentation monitoring and coordinating body, usersare forced to navigate the systems on their own andpublic servants are burdened with additional responsi-bilities, but often less training and resources.

The problems associated with poor implementationare exacerbated by the lack of an intermediary body.In the United States and South Africa, for instance,persons must go directly to the Federal or High Courtto appeal a negative decision. This may serve as atremendous obstacle for the requester to enforce theirright to information.

In the past, experts have put forward to propositionthat effective enforcement models are based on thefollowing five principles:

• Accessible: Any aggrieved person can seekenforcement without excessive formality

• Affordable: For the user and for the state toadminister

• Timely: Cases heard and decided quickly

• Independent

• Specialist: Access to Information laws are com-plex, particularly in terms of balancing the publicinterest in release over withholding. For that rea-son, many consider the need for a body that spe-cializes in this area.

Most experts agree that a model dependent solelyon the Courts to enforce the access to informationlaw is insufficient, and does not meet the principles

described above.Although there are benefits to such a model,for example the courtshave the power to orderthe release of informa-tion if inappropriatelydenied and do not haveto abide by the agencydecision, there are manydrawbacks.

For most citizens, thecourts are neither accessible nor affordable. For suc-cess in this model, the information requestor mayneed to hire an attorney or advocate and pay themany court costs. And because courts are often over-burdened, it can take months or years to hear thecases, thus sometimes making moot the need for the

Without continual oversight of the implementation of the law, agencies may

over-classify documents as secret or regularly fail to meet the statutory timelines

for response to requests, as is commonplace in the United States.

4 Secrecy Report Card 2005, A Report by OpenTheGovernment.org.

5 Justice Delayed Is Justice Denied, National Security Archives,November, 2003.

Page 60: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

52

information. Moreover, this model is more costly forthe government and burdensome on the court system.In a recent in case in South Africa that went to theHigh Court, the Auditor-General theorized that theyhad spent over $300,000 Rand (close to $30,000 US)in defending their decision to deny information.6

Moreover, in some countries there is often a deep lackof trust in the independence of the judiciary, in thesecases, an enforcement model that is not dependent onjudicial involvement in the first instance may be best.

Non-Statutory Oversight Body

Asecond model can be described as a non-statuto-ry, or voluntarily established, oversight body. In

these cases, the legislature failed to mandate a nation-al coordinating body as part of the law or regulations,but practice dictated the need. As mentioned above,implementation of an access to information law iscomplex and incredibly challenging for governments.Common implementation challenges may include:

• The difficulty of adjusting “old”, secretive “mindsets” amidst the bureaucracy/holders ofinformation;

• A lack of commitment to compliance from the bureaucracy/holders of information; and atendency to ignore difficult requests for informa-tion and generally to breach time-limits;

• A lack of capacity in relation to record-keepingand insecurities in relation to older records;

• Insufficient funding for implementation—bothin terms of human resources and proceduralinfrastructure;

• Inadequate staffing, in terms of training, specialization and seniority;

• Lack of training for public servants; and

• Inconsistent implementation efforts.7

Monitoring of implementation by the various enti-ties (public and in some cases private bodies) isimportant to assure consistency and sustainability ofthe right to information. International experiencedemonstrates that without a dedicated and specializedoversight body, the compliance rate is lower, thenumber of requests more limited, and the right toinformation eroded.8 Without a continuous oversightbody, government efforts are dispersed and dilutedwith no clarity in responsibilities or guidelines andreduced ability to conduct long-term planning and topromote best practices, thus costing government’smore in terms of human and financial resources. Forthose jurisdictions without an oversight body, there isno one for the agencies to contact for support or withquestions and concerns, and the weight of implemen-tation and public education falls squarely on theiralready overburdened shoulders. In Queensland StateAustralia, a study recently found that an independentenforcement body was not enough and that they alsoneeded a “new monitoring/promotion function.”9 The2001 report recommended the creation of a freedomof information oversight entity designed to promotepublic awareness, provide advice and assistance toapplicants, and monitor public agencies’ compliance.

Thus, in some jurisdictions as public servants beganthe task of administering and applying the law, anawareness of the need for a coordinating and over-sight body crystallized. This has been the case in anumber of Caribbean nations, such as Jamaica wherean Access to Information Unit housed with theMinister of Information was voluntarily established,

6 “The Promotion of Access to Information Act: Commissioned Researchon the Feasibility of the Establishment of an Information Commissioner’sOffice,” The Open Democracy Advice Centre, Cape Town 2003.

7 Id.

8 Excerpts from “Observations of the Access to Information Act 2002 inJamaica,” Laura Neuman and Carole Excell, Carter Center, March 2006.

9 Report of the Queensland Legal, Constitutional and AdministrativeReview Committee, December 2001. See also Hodgson D., and Snell, R.Freedom of Information in Queensland—A Preliminary analysis of theReport of the Queensland Legal, Constitutional and Review Committee.

Page 61: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Mechanisms for Monitoring and Enforcing

53

following the passage of the Act, to support imple-mentation efforts. This Unit served as a link betweenthe implementers and the users, established guidelinesand responded to public authority concerns. In recentmonths, the Unit has lost some of its staff to changesin employment. During this transition period, bothimplementers and users of the law have expressed dif-ficulties. For the implementers, there is no agency tocontact for support, to ensure consistency across gov-ernment, and to track reports. For the civil societyusers, there is no official entity to contact with ques-tions or problems.

In Trinidad and Tobago, the Freedom ofInformation Law does not provide for a statutorilymandated oversight mechanism, although there doesexist a requirement for periodic reporting. For the firsttwo years of implementation from 2001-2003, theCabinet of the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago vol-untarily established an Access to Information Unit.During these years, theUnit supported the pub-lic functionaries,received and monitoredagency implementationreports, and conductedtraining and public edu-cation campaigns. Aftertwo years, there was anadministrative reductionin staff and then finallythe Unit was eliminatedfrom the budget; theirresponsibilities moved toa division under the Ministry of PublicAdministration and Information. According toaccounts, when the Unit disbanded the agenciesalmost completely stopped fulfilling their reportingrequirements and the number of requests declineddramatically. For example, in the first quarter of 2001,52% of the agencies completed their reports and in2002 during the same period there was a compliancerate of 45%. In 2003, when the Unit no longer existed, during the same reporting quarter the

number of reports completed had dropped to 7%.Total requests received in Trinidad have continued to be low, and an 80% decline in requests in 2003 following the disbanding of the Trinidadian Access toInformation Unit.10 In addition, without dedicatedresponsible personnel, the submission of Trinidad’sannual report to Parliament for 2001-2003 wasdelayed a number of years.

A similar experience has been demonstrated inBelize, where the lack of a specifically legislated over-sight body in the Freedom of Information Act hasresulted in a corresponding low awareness of the law,no tracking or monitoring of implementation, and adismally low request rate.

Statutory Oversight andEnforcement: Recommendation Powers

In many of the most recent laws, there are statutori-ly mandated oversight bodies. “Experience with FOI

legislation in Australiaat both Commonwealthand State levels, as wellas in overseas jurisdic-tions such as NewZealand and Canada,strongly indicates thatan external review bodyis a crucial design fea-ture.”11 This helps toensure sustainability infunding, and to avoidthe reduction or elimi-

nation of the units, as was seen in Trinidad. One dis-tinction within the newer bodies that are emergingrelates more to their enforcement powers than totheir oversight role.

Without a continuous oversight body, government efforts are dispersed and dilutedwith no clarity in responsibilities or guidelines

and reduced ability to conduct long-term planning and to promote best practices, thus costing government’s more in terms

of human and financial resources.

10 From 2001-2003 there were 489 requests. In 2004, there were 1,202requests, of which 926 were made to the service commission. This numberof requests was exceptionally high and the trend reportedly has not con-tinued in 2005 and thus far in 2006. It is unclear what caused the spike inrequests.

11 Snell, R. and Tyson, N. “Back to the Drawing Board: Preliminary mus-ings on redesigning Australian Freedom of Information.” Freedom ofInformation Review: Number 85, February 2000, page 4.

Page 62: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

54

For some of these bodies, they are vested solelywith the power to provide recommendations to therelevant administrative agency or public functionary.In this model, there is an interim body that has thepower to hear appeals and to make recommendationsto the agency or Ministry regarding the release ofinformation. This is the case in jurisdictions as variedas Canada, Hungary, Sweden and some US States.These Information Commissions, or as in the case ofSweden, the Ombudsman, are competent to investi-gate, review reports, andissue opinions, but theycannot force the agencyto release information.Rather, they often useforms of conciliation ormediation and rely onthe good will of theagency (or fear of publiccriticism) to get them tofollow recommendations.

In Canada where this model is used at the federallevel, they wanted to create a body that was bothinformal and non-adversarial. A Commission withmore limited powers may allow for a speedier resolu-tion, are often free to the person submitting theappeal, cost less for the government, and they are spe-cialist as they focus only on the access to informationlaw. In Hungary in 2001, for example, theInformation Commissioner received 828 petitions forinvestigation and took an average of only 52.6 days tofully process the cases and issue a recommendation.

Over time, however, even an enforcement bodywith these more limited powers may become increas-ingly formalistic, contentious and slow. Moreover,without some power to order or sanction inappropri-ate denials, the enforcement body may be ignored. Ina major review conducted in 2002 of the CanadianAccess to Information Act, the task force found that“giving the Commissioner power to make binding rec-ommendations may well provide more incentive todepartments to respect the negotiated undertaking torespond within a certain time-frame…it is more

rules-based and less ad hoc…this results in a consis-tent body of jurisprudence that assists both institu-tions and requesters in determining how the Actshould be interpreted and applied.”12

Statutory Oversight andEnforcement: Order Powers

In line with the recommendations of the CanadianTask Force and in many experts’ opinions, the most

effective model for oversight and enforcement is thatfound in jurisdictionslike Mexico, Ireland,and some US States andCanadian Provinces.13

In this model there is an independentCommission orCommissioner vestedwith the power to:

oversee the agencies and Ministries; to investigateclaims; to set guidelines; to hear cases and subpoenaevidence; to make recommendations; and to issuebinding orders. This model satisfies the principle of timeliness. For example, in Western Australia, they responded to most written inquiries in a matterof days and in Ireland over 50% of the cases wereresolved within 3 months (although in the State ofConnecticut where the Commission has order powersthe time from the date the complaint is filed until the final decision is made averages 328.4 days). Thismodel is accessible, affordable as there are no costs tothe appellant, and specialists in the area of access toinformation. Finally, with the power to order agenciesor apply sanctions this model serves as a deterrent tothe government and can alleviate the need for furtherappeals to the Courts.

…without some power to order or sanction inappropriate denials, the enforcement body may be ignored.

12 “Access to Information: Making It Work for Canadians,” Report of theAccess to Information Review Task Force, Chapter 6, EnsuringCompliance: The Redress Process.

13 Note: This paper does not address “hybrid models” for enforcementsuch as the Japanese Tribunal or the Jamaican Appeals Tribunal (which isdetailed in other chapters).

Page 63: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Mechanisms for Monitoring and Enforcing

55

However, one major drawback to these enforce-ment models is the limited scope. These bodies, simi-lar to other administrative courts, are binding only onthe Executive Branch. Without a constitutional pro-vision establishing these bodies as autonomous, thereis the necessity for bi-furcated systems: one for theexecutive and another for the legislative and judicialbranches. Pragmatically, the majority of informationoften lies with the executive.14 Nevertheless, the needfor disparate enforcement models has been an area fordiscussion in recent country debates.

In addition to the power to issue binding orders orrecommendations, these Commissions may be author-ized to promote the access to information law withingovernment and civil society; to mediate claims; andto provide training for civil servants. But perhapsmost critical for the Commission(er) to meet itsobjectives, regardless of the breadth of responsibility,it must be considered independent. In considering theindependence of the body, one might explore the

mechanism for choosing the members, the length oftheir term, to whom they report and how theCommissioners can be removed from office.

Other issues related to each model include thenumber of staff, the annual budgets and from wherethe money comes, for without sufficient resources,even the best enforcement and oversight model willfail, to whom they report, and process for removal.

Conclusion

Without appropriately designed and sufficientlyfunded oversight and enforcement mecha-

nisms, the effectiveness of an access to informationregime will be compromised. As more countries andstates pass legislation embodying the right to informa-tion, experience is dictating the necessity for entitiesvested with the power to monitor the administrationand compliance of the law, and to take action whennecessary.

14 Juan Pablo Guerrero, Commissioner of the Mexican Federal Institutefor Access to Information recently opined that 95% of the informationrequested in Mexico is held by the Executive Branch.

Page 64: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency
Page 65: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

57

The Freedom of Information (Scotland) Actcame into effect fully on 1 January 2005. Thelaw applies to 10,000 public authorities across

Scotland, ranging from the Scottish Government,local government, and police authorities to individualNational Health Service general practitioners. TheScottish legislation has many features of benefit to the public. For example, any writtenrequest for information is treated as a freedom ofinformation request. Moreover, there is no charge for

making a request and the fee structure for charging forinformation supplied is generous. No fee is chargeablefor the first £100 of costs incurred by the authorityand thereafter the authority can charge only 10% ofadditional costs. However, the authority does notneed to provide any information if the total cost tothe authority would exceed £600. Additionally, theauthority must supply the requested information with-in 20 days or provide a reason under the Act why it is

being withheld. If there is a refusal to provide infor-mation, then the applicant has a right to require theauthority to review its decision and if not satisfied canappeal to the Scottish Information Commissioner.There is no charge for making an appeal.

Structure of the Act

The progressive nature of the Scottish Act can be gauged by benchmarking the legislative

provisions against the standards set by the SpecialRapporteur to the UN Commission onHuman rights in his January 2000 report“The Public’s Right to Know: Principleson Freedom of Information Legislation.”The Special Rapporteur report developednine principles necessary for the full and effective application of the right to information.

As with the Principle 1 of the UNreport, in Scotland the aim is maximumdisclosure with all persons having a rightto know and, unlike some nations, thisright is not confined to those living in or being citizens of Scotland, but ratherapplies to anyone anywhere in the world.Principle 2 states that public bodies shouldbe obligated to publish key information.

This principle is codified in the Scotland Act, wherebyeach authority has to maintain a publication schemedescribing information which it proactively will publish and has to have that scheme approved by the Scottish Information Commissioner. TheCommissioner is statutorily responsible for promotingaccess to information, although it is not so clear thatauthorities must actively promote open governmentas directed by Principle 3 of the UN report. In

New Freedom of Information Rights: The First-Year Experience in Scotland

Kevin Dunion

Page 66: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

58

accordance with Principle 5, which states thatRequests for information should be processed rapidlyand fairly and an independent review of any refusalsshould be available, in the Scotland legislativeschema requests for information must be processedfully within 20 days and any refusal to provide infor-mation can be appealed to the Scottish informationCommissioner. The fee regime is relatively generousin providing information free up to a reasonablethreshold. There is no means test, so applicants donot have to prove low income or hardship to benefitfrom this free element. Individuals are not deterredfrom making requests for information by excessivecosts. (Principle 6)

There are a couple of areas where the Scottish legislation perhaps falls short of the UN principles. In particular, the Special Rapporteur recommendsthat exceptions to disclosure should be clearly andnarrowly drawn and subject to strict harm and publicinterest tests. There are 17 express provisions forexempt information under Part 2 of the Scottish FoIAct and not all are subject to the harm of publicinterest tests. Some are absolute exemptions, such aswhere there is a prohibition on disclosure or wherethe information is otherwise accessible or where the release would constitute an actionable breach of confidence. Other absolute exemptions are inrespect of court records, or where the information is personal information of which the applicant is the data subject. These are neither subject to a harm test nor a public interest test.

Most other exemptions are subject to such testsand indeed the Scottish legislation requires that thelevel of harm be substantial before the exemption canapply. So, for example, information is exempt if itsdisclosure would or would be likely to prejudice sub-stantially the commercial interests of any person. Itwould also be exempt if it would or would be likely toprejudice substantially the prevention or detection of

crime, the apprehension or prosecution of offend-ers, the administration of justice and so on.

However, there are exceptions where contrary tothe requirements of the Special Rapporteur’s

Principles there is a single class of information whichqualifies for exemption, such as the formulation ofScottish administration policy, which includesMinisterial communications, the provision of adviceby any of the law officers or the operation of anyMinisterial private office. These are not subject to aharm test, although the consideration of the publicinterest must be considered.

So much for the architecture of the legislation.How has it worked in practice?

FOI Act in Action

The following is a snapshot of experience of thefirst year of the new legislation.

Public Awareness

Public awareness of the new right to Freedom ofInformation has markedly increased. In September2004, my office commissioned an opinion pollingcompany to carry out research which established that, at that time, only 30% of the population haddefinitely heard of the Freedom of Information Act.A year later the same polling found that now 57%had definitely heard of the Act. In the same period,there had been a doubling of those who were aware of the Scottish Information Commissioner. Partly, this is due to the impact of a campaign of publicinformation adverisements which I ran on Scottishtelevision channels in the months following the introduction of the Act. It is also, however,undoubtedly due to the number of stories running in the national and local newspapers as a result ofjournalists making use of the Act.

Volume of Requests

The volume of requests made to Scottish authoritiesis not known. Unlike many other regimes around theworld, individuals making requests are not required to cite the Freedom of Information Act, nor areauthorities obliged to keep records of how manyrequests they receive. (They are, however, required tokeep a record of how many requests they have refusedand how often they have charged for the provision of

Page 67: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

The First-Year Experience in Scotland

59

information). Nevertheless, the indications are thatthe volume of requests has been greater than expected.

Volume and Resolution of Appeals

Unlike the volume of requests, the volume of appealsto the Scottish Information Commissioner is a wellknown figure. In the first year, 570 appeals werereceived and the rate of appeals in 2006 is running ata similarly high level. Research conducted prior tothe legislation cominginto effect had projectedthat in the first year thetotal number of appealsfor the UK as a wholewould be between 1500and 3000. On a popula-tion pro-rata basis it wasassumed, therefore, thatScotland may receivebetween 150 and 300appeals. The reason as towhy the actual figure is almost double the highest previous estimate is not entirely clear. However, itseems to be related more to the relatively high publicawareness of the new rights to information, and theease with which requests for information can bemade, thus generating high volumes of requests rather than any systematic refusal to provide information in response to requests.

More than half of the appeals to my office comefrom individuals across Scotland who want informa-tion particular to their own circumstances or theinterests of their local community, such as planning,education, health or public spending. On severaloccasions I have ordered the release of information;many other times I have not. The important thing isthat people can turn to an independent person toadjudicate upon whether an authority is right to withhold information.

In dealing with such appeals one bread and butterconcern bothers me. Too often authorities are failingto respond to requests for information. These areknown as mute or deemed refusals. We do not knowhow many requests go unanswered in Scotland, but

17% of all FoI appeals and 27% of all environmentalinformation appeals to my office are for mute anddeemed refusals. Often when I contact the publicauthority about the appeal they then release theinformation that had been requested. But this may bemonths after the original request was submitted. Muteor deemed refusals happen in all countries with free-dom of information regimes, and are a concern to allCommissioners. Whilst it is perhaps not unexpected

in the first year thatthere will be such fail-ings, especially where wehave an enviable regimewhich does not requireapplicants to cite thelegislation when makingtheir request, never-theless I would like tosee improvements inScottish performance.

Key Concerns in Operation of the Act

Generally authorities are well aware of their obligations under the Freedom of Information

Act and are responding appropriately. Nevertheless, a number of issues have been raised by them as part ofa consultation carried out by the Scottish Executive(the Scottish Government) into the operation of theAct in its first year. The key concerns raised by theauthorities appear to be as follows.

Requests by Journalists and Companies

A significant number of the requests being made toauthorities are coming from journalists or on behalf ofbusinesses rather than from “ordinary members of thepublic.” This is seen by some authorities as not beingthe intention of the legislation although it should benoted, however, that the Act clearly is available to beused by any person in Scotland.

Multiple Requests

Related to this is that certain journalists and particularlawyers (on behalf of clients) are making multiple

More than half of the appeals to my office come from individuals across

Scotland who want information particular totheir own circumstances or the interests

of their local community …

Page 68: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

60

requests to the same authority, often for voluminousmaterial. The requests are frequently for informationabout the same subject matter, but each is distinctlysubmitted to avoid incurring charges which wouldapply if the request was made as one.

Timescales for Response

The 20 working day timescale for responding to theinitial request is challenging. Some authorities arehaving difficulties in making the transition from a “business as usual” response when dealing with general enquiries to recognising that an applicant isinvoking statutory rights to information. However,most authorities are strenuously trying to meet the 20 day deadline and achieve it in the vast majority of cases. As Commissioner I have not yet had to issue any Practice Recommendations to ScottishPublic Authorities on the grounds that they have systematically failed to meet the target or have clearly disregarded the requirement to provide the information within 20 working days.

Fees

In reviewing the application over the first year, itappears that very few authorities are actually issuingfees notices to applicants. The reason for this is that,firstly, most information requested can readily be provided for less than the £100, which means theinformation should be provided for free. Secondly,even where a charge may be levied the cost of collecting the fee often exceeds the amount whichwould be received in return from the applicant.

Despite these concerns the Act is working well and is causing information which previously wouldhave been withheld to be put into the public domain.Many authorities maintain a disclosure log of infor-mation they have released as a result of the Act. So for example, the public can now see informationregarding the rate of bullying in their schools, the incidence of infection in wards of their local hospitals, the spending by the local authority on new roads contracts and so on.

Of course authorities are not always willing torelease some information and do so only as a result of

a decision that I have taken. Some of these decisionshave attracted prominent national coverage and havehad political consequences. For example, a request bya Sunday newspaper for details of the travel expensesfor the leader of Conservative Party in the ScottishParliament resulted in that MSP resigning from hisparty leadership role when it was clear that someexpenses had been wrongly claimed.

Another newspaper asked for details of the surgicalmortality rates for every surgeon in Scotland. Thiswas initially refused by the public authority, but asCommissioner I ruled that the material should be disclosed. I was aware of the concern that the infor-mation may be used to unfairly target an individualsurgeon over their surgical performance. I was awaretoo that the information is likely to be incompleteand difficult to compare given the wide variety of surgical procedures being carried out. However, myview was that the information had been routinelygathered by hospital administrators and that suchmaterial put into the public domain in a limited form in the past for cardio-thoracic surgery had beenresponsibly reported by the press. Eventually, thematerial was placed upon a website of the InformationStatistics Division for the National Health Service of Scotland and, to my mind, was also responsiblyreported and fairly interpreted by the media and commentators. So far as is known, this is the firsttime that such comprehensive surgical mortality data has been published anywhere in the world.

Conclusion

The Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2002 has been a success story in its first year. It

has presented challenges to authorities, not just inadministrative terms in recovering information fromrecords but also culturally in recognising that thecapacity to unilaterally decide whether or not infor-mation should be released has passed from them. The intention of the legislation to move Scotland toa progressive position where public authorities areopen, accountable and responsive is well underway.

Page 69: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

61

The United Kingdom’s Freedom of InformationAct 2000 applies to all information held bypublic authorities in England, Wales and

Northern Ireland. Over 100,000 public authorities arecovered under this law, including central and localgovernment, the police, the National Health Service,schools and local education authorities, Universitiesand publicly owned companies. Although the law waspassed in 2000, it did not come fully into force until 1 January 2005.

Under the terms of the Act, anyone, anywhere inthe world requesting information in writing, unless an exemption applies, has the right to be informed in writing whether the public authority holds theinformation and to be provided with access to theinformation within 20 working days. These rights areenforced by the Information Commissioner, who isindependent of government. The Commissioner alsohas jurisdiction over the Data Protection Act 1998and the Environmental Information Regulations2004. Under the UK schematic, the Department ofConstitutional Affairs has policy responsibility for thelegislation, including oversight of two statutory codesof practice. The codes prescribe best practice for pub-lic authorities on records management and dischargeof their functions under FOIA.

Moreover, the legislation is fully retrospective. Itcovers all documents irrespective of age. There are 22 specified exemptions, 15 of which are subject to astatutory public interest test. There also are provisionsfor dealing with vexatious or repeated requests.

FOIA and public service broadcasters

The BBC is one of the most significant public service broadcasters in the world. Its purpose is to

enrich people’s lives with programmes and services

that inform, educate and entertain. The BBC is funded by the licence fee. Across the UK the BBC operates eight television channels, ten radionetworks, 46 local and national radio stations and the online site bbc.co.uk. The BBC employs 22,000staff across more than 40 offices worldwide. TheExecutive Board of the BBC is responsible for day-to-day management and the Board of Governorsensures accountability to licence payers both directly and via Parliament.

One of the BBC’s objectives is to deliver greatertransparency and accountability to licence fee payers.FOIA presents an opportunity to strengthen deliveryof this objective and the BBC takes its responsibilitiesunder FOIA seriously. As public service broadcasters,the BBC, Channel 4 and S4C, and the Gaelic Media Service are in a unique position under FOIA.They are only subject to FOIA in respect of certaininformation. Schedule 1 to FOIA provides that thelegislation applies to the public service broadcasters,only in “respect of information held for the purposesother than those of journalism, art, or literature.”Moreover, the BBC’s commercial subsidiaries arespecifically excluded from FOIA under section6(2)(1)(ii) although FOIA does apply to informationheld on behalf of the BBC by the subsidiaries or anycontractor. The Environmental InformationRegulations 2004 do not apply to the BBC.

The fact that some information is not covered byFOIA, does not undermined the BBC’s objective tobe open and transparent. The BBC makes a hugeamount of information about content production,scheduling and commissioning across all platformsavailable to the public. For example, bbc.co.uk is thelargest content website in Europe, offering more thana million pages of quality public service content. BBC

Freedom of Information and the BBCMeredith Cook and Martin Rosenbaum

Page 70: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

62

Information call centres handle 2.5 million contactsper year from the public in three offices around theUK. This and other provisions of information are ona voluntary basis, rather than through a prescriptivestatutory process.

Preparing for 1 January 2005

In March 2003, a project board was established toimplement FOIA and to make recommendations

for long term management of FOIA at the BBC. Theimplementation plan focused on six key areas: thepublication scheme, leadership and policy; trainingand awareness; information management; customersand stakeholders; systems and procedures.

The first task of the project board was to preparethe BBC’s Publication Scheme. The UK FOIArequires all public authorities to adopt and maintain a Publication Scheme, which lists and describes thecategories of information that are available. Mostschemes also include a “disclosure log” of informationthat has recently been disclosed. All publicationschemes require approval by the InformationCommissioner.

Prior to 1 January 2005, the BBC prepared anddelivered FOIA training to approximately 300 staffacross the BBC. The training included scenario basedworkshops and tailored learning exercises. The inter-nal communications campaign used eye-catching artwork to deliver key messages to over 20,000 staff.We delivered short presentations to senior managersand focused on risks of non compliance and positivebenefits. Additionally, we published guidance for suppliers and contractors, and wrote to key suppliers,purchased case management software to track FOIArequests, and developed templates and guidance forstaff on how to handle requests.

The Information Policy and Compliance Team was established in 2004 and now co-ordinates FOIArequests and provides policy advice on FOIA andData Protection. The team reports to the Director ofStrategy who sits on the BBC’s Executive Board, andto the General Legal Counsel. The team works closelywith BBC’s Regulatory Legal Department and a net-

work of divisional representatives across 13 Divisionsand the Nations and Regions. This structure workswell, as it enables central control and oversight ofprocess and policy while at the same time ensuringthat FOIA requests are handled by those who are best placed to analyse the information in question.

The First Year

The first year of FOIA has been a challenging butrewarding experience. The Board of Governors

objectives include delivering greater accountabilityand transparency to licence fee payers. FOIA hasstrengthened the BBC’s ability to achieve this objec-tive. It also has provided further opportunities for theBBC to interact with audiences. However, FOIA hasbeen resource intensive for the BBC and time-con-suming for all staff involved in handling requests.

In 2005, the BBC received 971 requests for information that were treated as FOIA requests. 96%were handled within 20 working days or legitimatelyextended, in compliance with section 10 of FOIA.The BBC disclosed the information requested eitherfully or partially in 64% of cases. 69 (14%) cases were reviewed internally and 28 cases (2.9%) wereappealed to the Information Commissioner.

Positive Benefits

One of the primary purposes of the UK-Freedom ofInformation Act is to make public authorities moretransparent and accountable for the way in whichthey expend public money. There is some evidencethat FOIA is already contributing to a more transpar-ent and accountable BBC. Although, it is too early to draw firm conclusions and success is difficult tomeasure, some of the positive benefits include:

1. The BBC has disclosed a significant amount ofinformation that would not previously havebeen made available. The more significant dis-closures include; the diaries of the Chairmanand the Director General, expenses for Directorsand Governors; over 200 documents surroundingthe decisions on the BBC corporate change pro-gramme; spending on management consultants;

Page 71: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Freedom of Information and the BBC

63

background information on high value procure-ment and spending on public art.

2. On the disclosure log, we publish informationthat is of public interest. This currently includesapproximately 900 documents that were not pre-viously in the public domain. In 2005, 367,912documents were downloaded from the BBC’spublication scheme. (See bbc.co.uk/foi )

3. In May 2005, the Board of Governors agreed topublish minutes of its meetings on

the internet. The first minutes to be published wereof the June Board meet-ing. The Board’s deci-sion reflected its statedcommitment to greateraccountability and trans-parency and took intoaccount FOIA requestsreceived by the BBC.Where information iswithheld from the pub-lished version, this isconsistent with the exemptions in FOIA.

4. FOIA has raised the profile of information man-agement issues. Traditionally, records manage-ment has not been given the priority it deserves.Now that information management is under-pinned by statutory obligations, it has a renewedfocus and an authoritative voice. Guidance nowincludes the Information Management BestPractice Guide for staff which explains what isrequired by FOIA and the section 46 Code ofPractice. Staff at the BBC who deal with FOIArequests experience first hand the practical sig-nificance of information management policiesand procedures. They are becoming more awareof the importance of managing emails appropri-ately, considering how long information shouldbe kept, and keeping track of versions and drafts.Good information management is essential forcompliance with FOIA.

Costs of Compliance

It is important to recognise that to comply with FOIA is resource intensive. The BBC spent £867,000preparing for implementation, including deliveringstaff training, a staff awareness campaign, and prepar-ing the publication scheme. It is difficult to measurethe annual cost of compliance accurately because staff time across the BBC is the biggest cost. In 2005the central cost of FOIA was approx £500, 000. Most requests are handled with relatively little cost.However, some requests involve complex issues or alarge number of staff or huge volumes of information

and these are veryexpensive to handle.

The BBC tries tominimise the costs ofcompliance in a numberof ways. For example, byengaging with requestersand seeking clarificationwherever necessary. Wesee the statutory obliga-tion to give advice and

assistance to requesters as a tool for public authoritiesas well as a duty. Staff education also is important inreducing the costs of compliance, because a baseunderstanding of principles and approach encouragesmore efficient handling of requests. Finally, we arecontinuously improving internal procedures so thathandling of FOIA requests is more efficient.

Meeting Deadlines

The time limit for responding to FOIA requests is 20working days. As stated above, in 2005, 93% of FOIArequests were handled by the BBC within 20 workingdays, 3% were extended legitimately under section 10to consider the public interest test, and in 4% of thecases the response was late.

Staff training, a management endorsed awarenesscampaign, and the dedication of staff across the wholeBBC, have all contributed to this good record. Tightcentral control over the process is essential. Allrequests received by the IPC team are acknowledged

The Board of Governors objectives includedelivering greater accountability and

transparency to license fee payers. FOIA has strengthened the BBC’s ability to

meet this objective.

Page 72: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

64

within one working day and allocated a unique refer-ence number. Progress of current requests is moni-tored on a daily basis. FOIA requests received acrossthe BBC are ideally forwarded to the IPC team,although there is sometimes delay particularly whenthe request is incorporated into “business as usual”correspondence.

Many requests involve consultation with a widerange of people and approval by senior managers.This consultation is sometimes for the purpose of considering exemptions, but more often it is simply to ensure the preparation of an accurate, full andhelpful response. A significant number of requestshave involved consideration of complex issues or consultation with third parties. In these cases, compliance with the deadline is therefore often very challenging. Complying with requests “promptly”is an area in which we are continuously trying toimprove our record. Notably, for all BBC staff otherthan the IPC team, compliance with FOIA is in addition to their other usual workload.

Fees and Charges

The Fees Regime is prescribed by the Freedom ofInformation and Data Protection (Appropriate Limitand Fees) Regulations 2004. It is free to make a FOIArequest in the UK. Public authorities cannot chargefor time taken to retrieve information but can chargefor photocopying. They also are entitled to refuse arequest if it would cost more than £600 (central government) or £450 (other agencies) to retrieve the information.

In the BBC’s experience, many requesters haveunrealistic expectations of FOIA. We always adviseand assist the requester and where possible narrow therequest/s to within manageable limits, as defined inthe Fees Regulations, so that it is unusual for the BBCto not provide any information at all. In 2005, onlytwenty requests (0.02%) were refused in full undersection 12(1) on the grounds that compliance wouldcost more than £450. Moreover, the BBC does notcharge for photocopying unless the request is for anexceptional volume of material. For example, we

charged one academic researcher for photocopying1000 pages of material about arrangements forwartime broadcasting.

A Tool for Journalists?

Unusually, the BBC is both a provider of information as well as a user of the new Freedom

of Information Act. Since January 2005, numerousjournalists and programme-makers from across differ-ent parts of the BBC have sought to make use of theFreedom of Information Act and the EnvironmentalInformation Regulations to research material forbroadcast. The information obtained has led to a wide range of investigative reports. At the nationalnetwork level this includes the following:

• Many English secondary schools with apparentlyimproving GCSE results are actually doing worsein English and Maths (BBC Radio 4 documen-tary)

• The House of Lords Appointments Commissionweakened the requirements large party donorshave to satisfy for it to approve their nomina-tions as Peers (Politics Show, BBC1)

• Surgeons and other hospital staff disciplined over alcohol and drug-related incidents (RealStory, BBC1)

• Internal Police guidelines advise against breakingup illegal hunts and making arrests (Ten O’ClockNews, BBC1)

• The Metropolitan Police Special Branch infiltrated and monitored the Anti-ApartheidMovement in Britain for 25 years (BBC Radio 4 documentary)

• Vaccines for TB were manufactured under-strength (Money Programme, BBC2)

• The Foreign Office tried to hide the assistance itgave Israel in the 1950s with setting up a nuclearweapons programme (Newsnight, BBC2)

Page 73: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Freedom of Information and the BBC

65

• A growing number of women from overseas are travelling to Britain to give birth in NHShospitals (BBC News Online)

• The airline catering company Gate Gourmet wascriticised by food hygiene inspectors (BBC Radio4 documentary)

• Allegations of abuse and torture by British intelligence officers in the years after World War 2 (Document, BBC Radio 4)

• Emails within a primary care trust expressingconcern that decisions were being overturned for political reasons (Panorama, BBC1)

• Reports in Scotland, Wales, Northern Irelandand the English regions include: nine suspectedhomicides involving people in the care of theWelsh NHS in under two years (BBC Wales);warnings over the future of the lake which is themain source of Northern Ireland’s drinking water(BBC Northern Ireland); very high hourly ratespaid to Scottish GPs for out-of-hours working(BBC Scotland); children as young as sevencaught carrying knives in school (BBC EastMidlands); and the Nuclear InstallationsInspectorate expressed worries about the state of the graphite core at Oldbury nuclear powerstation (BBC West).

The BBC believes that these reports are in thepublic interest. They would have been much moredifficult to identify and investigate, and in many casesimpossible, without FOIA and/or the EIR. To thatextent freedom of information has proved a usefultool enabling our journalists to put into the publicdomain material which should indeed be there.

However, this is only part of the story. The BBC’soverall impression of how public authorities areimplementing FOI is that there is less uniformity andmuch “patchiness.” For instance, some authorities areefficient, cooperative and happy to provide ‘adviceand assistance’ in accordance with the Act, whileothers have been slow and in some cases obstructive.

Some of the problems which our journalists haveencountered include:

1. Cases where public authorities have takenmonths to assess the public interest test (repeatedly extending their own self-imposeddeadlines).

2. Cases where public authorities have takenmonths to conduct internal reviews.

3. Authorities which retain all material covered bythe request until they have decided on the pub-lic interest test, when only some of the materialis potentially relevant to the exemptioninvolved and the rest of it could have been supplied much more quickly.

4. Clearly unnecessary redactions (in extremecases, for example, where redactions of nameshave included the names of prominent politi-cians, press officers and long dead authors). Such redactions must add to the time and effortinvolved in preparing the papers for release, andthus adds to the workload quite unnecessarily.

5. On occasions FOI officers in government departments have complained informally toBBC journalists that referring requests to the DCA’s central clearing house has caused substantial delays (for which the departmentitself is then blamed), and in some cases theclearing house has stopped them from releasinginformation which they themselves would behappy to disclose.

Overall, the experience of BBC journalists and programme-makers who have tried to use FOI is that the response of public authorities is patchy andinconsistent, ranging from those who are highly efficient and cooperative to those who are neither.Nevertheless, there are indications that some of theproblems are being tackled. More generally, from thejournalistic point of view it is only possible to make apreliminary assessment of the consequences of FOI.

Page 74: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

66

Until there are more decisions from the InformationCommissioner and the Information Tribunal, and weknow which refusals are being upheld and which arebeing over-ruled, it is too early to assess the realimpact of freedom of information.

Notwithstanding some of the difficulties encoun-tered, there are signs that some aspects are improving.As everyone learns from experience in the first year ofFOIA application, implementation issues slowly arebeing resolved. In the first few months of 2005, it wascommon to receive refusal notices which were simplya blanket refusal to release certain categories of infor-mation covered by qualified exemptions, without anyattempt made to fulfil the legal duty of assessing thepublic interest test. This is now much rarer. Also, insome cases the problem of delay is diminishing.Certainly there are examples of public authoritieswhich initially seemed to have problems adapting tothe Act but are now much better organised andprompter in dealing with requests. Moreover, it is fair-ly common on internal review to receive more infor-mation than originally supplied. Perhaps this is a signthat in some cases excessively cautious officials arewithholding information at the initial stage thatshould readily have been supplied, or alternativelyand more positively, it could be an indication that theinternal review system is working.

Further Reading UK

Information Commissioner

www.informationcommissioner.gov.uk

Information Tribunal

www.informationtribunal.gov.uk

Department of Constitutional Affairs

www.foi.gov.uk

Scottish Executive

www.scotland.gov.uk/Topics/Government/FOI

Scottish Information Commissioner

www.itspublicknowledge.info/

House of Commons, Constitutional Affairs

Select Committee

www.parliament.uk/parliamentary_committees/conaffcom.cfm

Campaign for Freedom of Information

www.cfoi.org.uk

Constitution Unit, UCL

www.ucl.ac.uk/constitution-unit

BBC

BBC

www.bbc.co.uk

FOIA at the BBC

www.bbc.co.uk/foi

News Stories

www.bbc.co.uk/foinews

Guide to FOIA

www.bbc.co.uk/dna/actionnetwork/A2515790

Page 75: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

67

“Five years after the “right-to-know” lawscame into effect, it is clear that SouthAfrica has a mountain to climb. Changing

a culture of secrecy is proving to be an immense challenge. The “default position” remains one ofsecrecy; shifting the presumption to one of opennessremains an unfulfilled aspiration.”2

Background of the Act

Throughout the apartheid era, South Africa’sincreasingly paranoid white minority government

suppressed access to information—on social, economic, and security matters—in an effort to stifleopposition to its policies of racial supremacy. Securityoperations were shrouded in secrecy. Governmentofficials frequently responded to queries either withhostility or with misinformation. Press freedom washabitually compromised, either through prior censor-ship of stories or through the banning and confisca-tion of publications. Information became a crucialresource for the country’s liberation forces and theirallies in international solidarity movements as theysought to expose the brutality of the apartheid regimeand hasten its collapse. Consequently, oppositiongroups came to see unrestricted access to informationas a cornerstone of transparent, participatory andaccountable governance.3

This determination for greater freedom of information was ultimately captured in South Africa’snew constitution. A democratic parliament then gavefurther shape to the right of access to information byenacting enabling legislation—a process in whichcivil society organisations played an unusually influential role.4 In 1993, the interim South Africanconstitution was agreed upon and promulgated, withthe clear mandate to require the creation of open and

Implementation of the Promotion of Accessto Information Act: South Africa1

Open Democracy Advice Centre

1 This paper largely is adapted from “South Africa Going Backwards inEnforcing Access to Information law,” published in Five Years On TheRight to Know In South Africa, ODAC, 2006.

2 “Implementation—Facing the New Frontier,” Calland, R., Five YearsOn the Right to Know in South Africa, ODAC, 2006.

3 “Freedom of Information Law in South Africa: A Country Study,”Calland, R. and Dimba, M., Commissioned and Prepared for www.free-dom.org, 2002.

4 Id. Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, Act 200 of 1993 (the“Interim Constitution”). Section 8(2) of the interim constitution stated:‘No person shall be unfairly discriminated against, directly or indirectly…on one or more of the following grounds in particular: race, gender, sex,ethnic or social origin, colour, sexual orientation, age, disability, religion,conscience, belief, culture or language.’ The final constitution added preg-nancy, marital status and birth to the list of grounds [section 9(3)].

Page 76: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

68

accountable political institutions and the election of a new government on the basis of universal suffrage.5

One of the most important aspects of the interimconstitution was the introduction of a Bill of Rightsdesigned to ensure equal protection of a broad rangeof human, socio-economic and civil rights, irrespec-tive of race, gender, sexual orientation, disability,belief, and other factors.6 Among the rights upheldwas that of access to publicly held information.7

The final constitution,enacted in 1996,expanded the right toinformation to guaran-tee ‘everyone…theright of access to anyinformation held by the state and any infor-mation that is held byanother person and that is required for the exercise orprotection of any rights.’8 The enacting legislation for this constitutional right, under thename of the Promotion of Access to Information Billand the Protected Disclosures Bill, ultimately waspassed in 2000 and went into effect one year later.

Monitoring Implementation of the Act

In passing the Promotion of Access to InformationAct (PAIA), South Africa took the first step in

codifying a general right to public, and in some casesprivate, documents. However, as warned by prescientcolleagues from around the world, the struggle hadonly just begun. In 2002, the Open DemocracyAdvice Centre conducted a survey to track theprogress of the PAIA’s implementation in the publicand private sector one year after it was passed, and toestablish a list of the various obstacles encountered inits implementation.9 In their research report Tilley &Meyer (2002) stated that: “the initial results of thesurvey indicated that on the whole the PAIA had notbeen properly or consistently implemented, not onlybecause of the newness of the act, but because of lowlevels of awareness and information of the require-

ments set out in the act. Where implementation hastaken place it has been partial and inconsistent.”10

One year later, as part of the Open SocietyInstitute Justice Initiative project, ODAC againundertook a study to monitor and assess the state ofimplementation and application of the PAIA inSouth Africa. This study, conducted initially in fivepilot countries in 2003, including South Africa, andthen expanded to 14 countries in 2004 represents the

first concerted attemptto measure compliance and is especially usefulnot just because it offersa comparative methodol-ogy with a diagnosticpurpose, but because the majority of thecountries in the study

were middle-income or developing and so problemsand solutions can be shared.”11

OSI Country Study: South Africa12

The report demonstrates clearly that the SouthAfrican law may be held up as the regional gold

5 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, Act 200 of 1993 (the“Interim Constitution”).

6 Section 8(2) of the interim constitution stated: ‘No person shall beunfairly discriminated against, directly or indirectly …on one or more of the following grounds in particular: race, gender, sex, ethnic or socialorigin, colour, sexual orientation, age, disability, religion, conscience,belief, culture or language.’

7 “Freedom of Information Law in South Africa: A Country Study,”Calland, R. and Dimba, M., Commissioned and Prepared for www.freedom.org, 2002.

8 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, Act 108 of 1996.

9 “Freedom of Information Law in South Africa: A Country Study,”Calland, R. and Dimba, M., Commissioned and Prepared for www.freedom.org, 2002.

10 Meyer, V, Tilley, A. “Access to Information Law and the Challenge ofEffective Implementation: The South African Case” in The Right to Know,The Right to Live: Access to Information and Socio-Economic Justice byRichard Calland & Alison Tilley (eds.). Open Democracy Advice Centre,Cape Town, 2002.

11 “Implementation—Facing the New Frontier,” Calland, R., Five YearsOn the Right to Know in South Africa, ODAC, 2006.

12 The remainder of this paper is extracted from “South Africa GoingBackwards in Enforcing Access toInformation law”, published in Five YearsOn The Right to Know In South Africa, ODAC, 2006.

“The “default position” remains one of secrecy; shifting the presumption to one ofopenness remains an unfulfilled aspiration.”

Page 77: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Implementation of the Act: South Africa

69

standard, but the implementation of that law certain-ly cannot. In the country study, which was conductedover six months, 140 requests for information weresubmitted to 18 public institutions by sevenrequestors from different spheres of civil society.

The study found that only 13% of the requestsreceived a reply within the 30-day limit set in thePAIA. A total of 63% of the requests were ignored. In all, 4% of the requests received responses that the information was not held by the appropriateagency and 1% was transferred or the responses wereinsufficient. Only 1% of the responses culminated ina written refusal and 2% met with oral refusals. Outof the 140 requests formulated, the requestors wereunable to submit 15%.

The 2004 South African results confirmed previoussurveys, including the 2003 Justice Initiative five-country study. South Africa performed worse in the2004 survey than in the previous 2003 pilot project,with the number of mute refusals in 2004 up from52%, despite the access to information law.

Under the PAIA, bodies covered by the law have30 days to answer requests for information, andanother 30 days, if more time is needed, to respond tocomplex requests. Section 74 provides for the right tointernal appeal against a decision of the informationofficer within 60 days of the decision. The decisionon an internal appeal must be made and conveyed tothe requestor within 30 days of the filing of the noticeof internal appeal. An aggrieved requestor can take

an appeal decision to the High Court, but only oncethe local remedies of internal appeal have beenexhausted. Anyway, this route is lengthy, expensiveand therefore inaccessible to many South Africans.

Despite the provision in Section 26 that an agencycan request a further 30 days to deal with a request,none of them used this provision during the 2004monitoring study. Out of the submitted requests, onlyfive—two routine, one difficult and two sensitive—received a late response. This implies that the type of request did not make a difference to the responseperiod.

With the international average response periodunder freedom of information legislation being 14days, the PAIA provides generous time frames. Yet,South Africa’s high percentage of mute refusals shows that it is difficult to get information even withsuch generous time frames. Late responses where noextensions were sought were counted as mute refusals,but they only accounted for 4% of the mute refusalswhich means that they did not have any major effecton the overall results.

Requesting Information

The overall results show that submitting writtenrequests is relatively straightforward but submittingoral requests is difficult. All the requests that couldnot be submitted were oral requests, which wereattempted in person or by telephone. The “unable tosubmit” outcome can be divided into two categories:“refusal to accept” and “unable to submit.” The“refusal to accept” category (3% of all requests) arethe requestors who attempted to submit oral requestsbut were not referred to the information officer or anofficial who could take down their request. This firstcontact with frontline staff is critical to the success ofthe oral request. If the frontline staff does not knowabout the right to request information they cannotassist requestors who submit oral requests. All therequests in the category of “unable to submit” werefiled by an illiterate, elderly, black woman, who wasunable to write the requests herself and was not giventhe help due to her under the law. In cases where a

Page 78: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

70

requestor is unable to write, the receiving official hasan obligation to help the requestor by putting therequest in writing.

While a requestor who succeeds in speaking to the right official stands a good chance of getting the information, all institutions responded better towritten requests, even if they did not provide therequested information. Only two oral requests resultedin the information being provided. A requestor whophones or visits is generally given the run-aroundbefore eventually being put into contact with theinformation officer or deputy information officers.The results not only point to a preference for writtenrequests by public bodies but, perhaps more impor-tantly, show what a large segment of the populationexperiences when trying to access information. In the14-country study, the excluded group of requestorsreceived by far the worst treatment.

Institutions Included in the Study

The 18 public bodies in the study were selected fromnational and local government; judicial institutionsand parastatal bodies. The chart below provides anoverview of how the different institutions respondedto the 13% of requests where information wasreceived.

As can be seen, the best performers were the twocourts representing judicial institutions which providedthe requested information on time to 19% of therequests received. They were followed closely by thesix municipalities representing local governmentinstitutions which provided the requested informationto 17% of the requests received. The six nationaldepartments provided information to only 11% of the requests received. The two utility companies(electricity and water utilities) representing the parastatals did not respond to any of the requestsreceived by providing the requested information.

The Interview Process

During the interview process, which was the secondstage of the study following the requests, the publicbodies were provided with the opportunity to explaintheir performance. The interviews provided some

insight into why there is such a high rate of muterefusals. Many officials attributed their failure torespond to lack of capacity to deal with the requests,some pointed out that the 30-day period was not longenough to deal with more difficult requests and othersfound the Act to be complex and onerous.

The poor performance of the Department ofDefence, all mute or oral refusals, was particularly disappointing given the department’s apparent commitment to the Act; its unenviable performancereflected a gap between the Department’s commit-ment to making PAIA work and some prevailing attitudes and procedures within the department thatmay not support proper implementation of the law.Another disappointing agency was Eskom, the paras-tatal which in 2003 invested over R1 million in thedevelopment of software to implement the PAIA.This system is designed to centralise requests but itseems that once the central point sends the requeststo the correct record holder the request does notalways make its way back to the central point. Aswith the Department of Defense, requesters met with either all mute or oral refusals. Again theseresults reveal that despite the huge investment by the parastatal to facilitate compliance with the law,there is a need to implement internal policies andprocedures to ensure that employees do in factrespond appropriately.

The 63% of submitted requests that resulted inmute refusals points to major challenges for publicbodies in applying the PAIA and not to weaknesses in the law itself. The fact that only a few requests

Page 79: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Implementation of the Act: South Africa

71

were acknowledged by the public bodies means thatoften the requestor never knew whether his/herrequest had landed in the right hands and if it wasbeing processed. When requestors followed-up, it wasnot uncommon for them to be asked to resubmit theirrequests or to receive only vague answers.

The Plight of Excluded Groups

The illiterate, elderly, black woman requester wascategorized as “an excluded person” on the basis

of her race, class, language, age and gender. She hadto make requests to three provinces—Eastern Cape,Western Cape and KwaZulu-Natal—where her language, Sesotho, is rarely spoken. In some instancesshe could not submit her requests because of the language barrier.

In the SakhisizweMunicipality in theEastern Cape, she spoketo an official who couldunderstand her but whosimply refused to assisther further by submittingher request to the bodyshe claimed would havethe information. Againin KwaZuluNatal, atUmgeni Water, she was referred to a person whoappeared to be a Sotho speaker herself. Nevertheless,this official refused to grant her the records, repeated-ly asking why she wanted the records and even sug-gesting that this illiterate woman might actually be ajournalist conducting an investigation!

It seems the official could not accept that an elder-ly black woman would require that sort of informationfor herself. During the interview at Umgeni Water wewere advised that it was because the organisation hadhad adverse publicity in the past and that staff wasapprehensive about handling requests and not becauseof any prejudice. However, in the Umgeni Water casethe requester encountered overt presumptions, whilein the other cases she was just ignored. It is underly-ing attitudes of this kind that explain why this

requester was not able to submit 15 (75%) of herrequests. It is factors such as these that present obstacles to her and many others like her in filingrequests for information.

Recommendations

The results of the 2004 monitoring are worse thanthose of a similar study conducted in 2003, paint-

ing a rather bleak picture. Despite the five-year-oldlegislation that is hailed as one of the best of its kind,the results of the monitoring reveal the gap betweenpolicy and implementation, and the challenges facedby the general public, particularly excluded groups, in accessing information. There is clearly a need tobridge this gap and make information easily accessible

to the public. Implementation

requires political will,but the high rate ofmute refusals demon-strates that this is evidently lacking. Theresults also cautionagainst coming to con-clusions about access toinformation in SouthAfrica based merely on a

highly regarded piece of legislation and, more broadly,suggest that countries that have not yet adopted free-dom of information legislation need to realise thatjust passing a law in itself does not promote access toinformation.

The following are ODAC’s recommendations tostrengthen compliance with the PAIA and improvethe flow of information between the public and thecustodians of public information:

i) Training, Education and Awareness

Firstly, it is not enough that public servants and holders of information are trained on the PAIA. Thegeneral South African population needs to be madeaware of its right to know through the PAIA.Training, education and awareness will therefore

…the results of the monitoring reveal the gap between policy and implementation,

and the challenges faced by the general public, particularly excluded groups,

in accessing information.

Page 80: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

72

ensure that there is a supply and demand, which willhopefully instill a culture of transparency and open government.

Secondly, the South African Human RightsCommission, the Government Communication andInformation Service and the Department of Justiceneed to lead the way in this regard by committingtheir respective departments to creating programmesthat will train, educate and popularise the right toknow and the PAIA. Other national departments,such as the Department of Public Service andAdministration and the Department of Provincial and Local Government, have a key role to play inensuring the law is implemented at all levels of gov-ernment. In addition, other institutions established bythe Constitution, such as the Auditor-General, couldplay a role in ensuring compliance with the law byconducting an audit every three to five years.

ii) Institutional Capacity/Systems Development

There remains a lack of capacity and resources withindepartments to deal with requests in terms of the Act. The effective implementation of the PAIA willrequire public bodies to appoint deputy informationofficers to deal with information requests. Thesedeputy information officers must be genuinelyempowered to make decisions regarding these requestsand be able to properly apply the exemptions set outin the Act. A proper records management system isalso key to the effective implementation of the PAIA.

iii) Oversight Body

If the PAIA is to work, particularly for vulnerablecommunities and groups, it is essential that the appeal procedures are inexpensive, quick and easy to use. ODAC is lobbying the government to establish an independent information commissioneror ombudsman to deal directly with access to information issues. The creation of such an appealmechanism will enable requestors to more readilychallenge mute and actual denials; build up a largerbody of jurisprudence faster; and help establish good practice and higher standards.

Conclusion

The challenges with implementation of the South African Freedom of Information law are

not particularly unique to South Africa, and couldreflect the challenges faced elsewhere in emergingdemocracies where similar attempts at strengtheningdemocratic rule are being made.

South Africa presents a useful case study on thecampaign for and implementation of a law that isseen by civil society in South Africa, because of thecountry’s special history, not only as an important tool for enhancing democracy, promotion of state andcorporate accountability but also—most importantly—as a leverage tool that can be effectively used inthe promotion of socio-economic justice.

Through passage of the Promotion of Access toInformation Act, South Africans have managed tosecure for themselves the promise of an open democ-racy and an open society—a democracy where theyhave the right to scrutinise the actions of governmentand the private sector, and to demand more accounta-bility from both and participate meaningfully in thedecisions that affect everyday lives in a profound way.But as implementation reviews conducted by theOpen Democracy Advice Centre (ODAC) anddetailed in this paper show, the process of transform-ing South Africa from being a closed and secretivepolice state to a people-centered open democracy isstill in its infancy and remains a process. Joint civilsociety action, in partnership with government andinstitutions established to protect the constitutionaldemocracy, is needed to ensure that the constitutionalgains of the past ten years since the democratic transition are defended and enhanced.

Organisations like ODAC, the South AfricanHistory Archive (SAHA), Freedom of ExpressionInstitute (FXI), the Public Service AccountabilityMonitor (PSAM) working with the South AfricanHuman Rights Commission (SAHRC), indepen-dently and jointly, strive to ensure that the potentialof South Africa’s freedom of information law isrealised and that it does not fail on the rock of weak implementation.

Page 81: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

73

The success of access to information (ATI) leg-islation is premised not only on a govern-ment’s commitment towards disclosure but

fundamentally on an effective records and informa-tion management programme. In bureaucratic cul-tures, a custom of the Jamaican government, recordsare viewed to be the sole property of the organizationand are privy only to a select group of civil servantswho contribute to the transactions recorded on eachfile, or by virtue of their position, have access to thefiles on demand. These official records were notauthorized to be used freely across the public authori-ty. When the need arose for these recorded docu-ments to cross the floor, permission had to be granted.Prior to the passage of the Access to Information Act,government records were deemed to be sacred, secret,

Challenges and Successes in Implementingthe Access to Information Act in Jamaica

Helen Rumbolt

confidential and territorial. There has been a gradualyet positive cultural change towards openness sincethe implementation of the Act in 2004.

The ATI Act legitimizes the publics’ right to accessofficial documents created and maintained by all gov-ernment authorities. It is one of the boldest initiativesadopted by the Jamaican government to make gov-ernment more transparent, publicly accountable andaccessible to its populace and has created an environ-ment to encourage and foster public participation.The Act has directly impacted records managementin Government entities, as the demands on record-keeping practices have increased dramatically as aresult of the ATI Act.

The Act itself relies heavily on a comprehensiverecords management programme in government along

Page 82: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

74

with the requisite professionals to administer the newnorms. It was recognized from the start that tobecome proficient at delivering ATI services to thepublic a good records management programme mustbe in place. A comprehensive and well-executedRecords Management Programme is a strategic neces-sity in all government institutions, and necessary toensure compliance with legal and regulatory obliga-tions, to support core functions and to provide thebasis for effective and accountable administration.

Thus, the records management professionals trans-formed into “access administrators,” civil servantswho have come to realize and accept their role notonly as the custodians for documented governmentinformation but also their obligation to guarantee andfacilitate the public’s right to know what governmentis doing or has done. As such the tenets of the Acthave been willingly embraced and the administrativemachinery powered to deliver and meet the positiveobjectives of the Act.

The Beginning of Implementing the Act

In June 2002, an affirmative motion by the JamaicanParliament caused the enactment of the ATI Act.

Though Parliament wasaware of the state of“unreadiness” of govern-ment to implement theAct, they were resolvedin their decision tousher in this profoundpiece of legislation pro-viding the public theright to have evidentiaryaccess to governmentactivities. The Act facilitated and encouraged citizensneed to become more participatory in the business of governance, supporting the country’s democraticideals. At the heart of this far-reaching piece of legislation is the need for good public records management practices. This was immediately

recognized and the machinery activated to foster thenecessary changes.

As a first step, documentation and informationmanagers positions were created in government entities at a mid-management level. Every centralgovernment Ministry recruited appropriate personnelto assume these positions. This triggered a rippleeffect in the line agencies of the Ministries, whichresulted in the appointment of key officers to handleATI matters in these entities. With the implementa-tion of the Act, the roles of these Officers wereexpanded to include the duties of assisting requestersand providing access to information consistent withthe terms of the law. Using implementation modelsfrom Australia, England, and Canada among others,the Access to Information Unit was established underthe autonomy of the Office of the Prime Minister.This oversight office’s sole responsibility was to support the smooth implementation and operation of the Act across government.

This office executed its responsibility with fervorand vigor, and it became integral to the success of theAct. In addition to its implementation mandate, itembarked on an island wide campaign to sensitiveboth government and the wider citizenry of the benefits of the country having the legislation.

Bolstered by theenthusiasm of theappointed access officersin government, the ATI Unit upon itsinception immediatelyformed a strategicalliance with theseAccess Officers. Out of this alliance theAssociation of Access

to Information Administrators (AATIA) emerged, anactive consultative group committed to formulatingpolicies and setting guidelines to enhance the qualityand efficiency of services delivered by the Officers tothe public.

At the heart of this far-reaching piece of legislation is the need for good

public records management practices.

Page 83: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Challenges and Successes in Implementing the Act

75

State of Public Records ManagementPrior to the Act

Prior to the implementation of the ATI Act, the Government of Jamaica was lacking an

overarching institutionalized records managementprogramme. Records Centers (often referred to as registries) were disorganized, and the incidences of files not being located in a timely manner were frequent. The practice of retaining all records createdcontributed to the congestion in the system; dormantand obsolete records were shelved with current filesfurther compounding the problem of timely retrieval.Procedural manuals often were not revised to reflectthe ongoing changes as they occurred. Although,internal policies, guidelines and systems changed toreflect the needs of the public authorities’ recordskeeping efforts, these invariably went undocumentedthus leaving the public authorities to rely heavily onverbal/oral transfer of knowledge. Overtime these verbal instructions became distorted, causing a break-down of the established standards and procedures.

There was also a lot of distrust in the competenceof the records officers to locate files on demand.Management of documented corporate activities waslacking or in most cases reduced to a clerical activitywith no accountability of their stewardship. This gave rise to multiple storage locations throughout theorganization and the proliferation of mini registries.Invariable the files kept in these locations were notaccounted for fully in the official system. Only thespecific division or Unit to which these files relatedwere aware of their existence. The absence of anoverarching records management policy assisted inperpetuating this deleterious practice. Moreover, nosanctions were ever levied for officers’ negligencewith regards to the loss or careless destruction of official records.

Other problems that plagued the records manage-ment activity in government included an ignoranceabout the value of records management, leading tothe low priority given to records, the lack of an overarching records management policy and standardfor government, the low visibility of the Jamaica

Archives in this records management landscape,records systems within organizations that were openand unsecured, and the continued recruitment ofuntrained records officers. Inevitably, these factorshad an immense impact on the smooth implemen-tation of the Act.

Challenges to Implementation Records Management

With the passage of the Act, public authorities weremandated to institute effective records managementprogrammes to ensure that information is retained aslong as required, is readily accessible, and that usefuldocuments are properly created in the first place—documents that accurately record the decisions beingmade or transactions undertaken. Underpinning therecords-management difficulties, were a variety ofchallenges including:

• The lack of qualified staff,

• Insufficient funding,

• Poor physical infrastructures, and

• Absence of a culture of good records-keeping.

All of these complexities negatively impacted thedevelopment of good records management practicesand made implementation of the Act that much moreproblematic. The ATI Act highlighted the inadequa-cies within the system, and served as a catalyst forreenergized and proper records management practicesin government. Its positive impact was reflectedthrough the increased accountability of officialrecords and the new emphasis placed on accuraterecord-keeping and organized files.

The Act gave rise to a more structured and unifiedprogramme in government. The logical organizationof records, standardization of systems and procedures,recognition and acceptance of the discipline ofrecords management coupled with better recordskeeping practices became the main priority. This was not to say that management controls were non-existent prior to the Act, but what had been lacking

Page 84: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

76

was a sense of a consistent, institution-wide approachto best practices, that were not confined to individualdepartments but rather spread across government.

This leads us back to the issue of cultural change,which can only become entrenched through organiza-tion-wide involvement. Records committees wereformed where senior officers were integrally a part ofthe changes planned for the organization’s recordskeeping practices. ATI thus served to significantlyand positively impact the organizational communica-tion and its resultant outflow to the public. Since theadvent of the ATI Act,publishing in governmenthas been on the rise. Non-exempted officialdocuments are posted onInternet sites for the publicto gain access without theuse of the Act. Improvedinteractions betweenrecords management staffand officers in the publicauthorities also have facilitated the sharing of documents that were once hoarded, thus easing theprocess of coordinated search for documents and disclosure in response to information requests.

The ATI Act also has initiated and built strongerlinks within government records management com-munity. The Government Records and InformationManagers (G-RIM) Group and the ATIAA wereformed out of the response to the perceived demandson records management. The groups have used thecombined strength and expertise of their members to promulgate best practices in the administration and deliverance of documents, consistent with theATI Act.

Difficulties for Users

In addition to the internal problems of the publicauthorities, it quickly became apparent that citizensthemselves had problems with understanding aspectsof the Act and its limitations. For example, the title“Access to Information Act” rather than access to

documents created ambiguities. Persons using the Actexpected to receive information via the telephone.They also expected government officers to research,collate, compile and package the information requested in a digestible manner for them to use. As a result documents provided in response to requestswere sometimes refused as either the applicant wasunwilling or unable, due to the documents technicalnature, volume or format, to peruse the documentsthemselves. This led to some applicant’s expectationsthat government officers (not those administering the

Act) should sit with themto go through the docu-ments that they haverequested to explain/clarify their meaning.

Lobby groups are veryinvolved in the promotionof the Act and monitor its administration in thevarious entities. Whilethis is good, their general

message to the public has at times been misunder-stood as implying that any information requestedmust be provided. Conflicts sometimes arose whenexempt matters were not furnished, resulting inappeals. Another problem that arose from their inter-vention was the issue of to whom should response letters be sent. A help desk was established by one of the non-governmental organizations that monitorsthe rates of response and apparently inefficient communication between the parties led to appeals.

Most applications for documents were received bygovernment entities situated in Kingston, the coun-try’s capital. Applicants from the rural areas have haddifficulty accessing the documents if they are not inan electronic format that can be transmitted for free.Other formats provided attract a fee, and presentlythere are no arrangements for the remittance of thesefees except directly to the government entity. Thishas and is still hindering some people’s ability toaccess official documents.

ATI thus served to significantly and positively impact the organizational

communication and its resultant outflow to the public.

Page 85: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Challenges and Successes in Implementing the Act

77

Positive Impact and Benefits of the Act

Administratively the Act has elevated recordmanagement to the importance and status it

truly deserves professionally and within the organiza-tion. There is now a recognition that the ATI regimeis only as good as the quality of the information towhich it relates. Put simply, if there is no recordedinformation a government entity cannot provideaccess and without such documented evidence there can be no transparency, no accountability andtherefore no participatory democratic governance.

The more visible impact of the Act has beenincreased accountability for good records manage-ment. The incidences of misplaced or lost documentshave been minimized with the new structured recordsmanagement programmes.The logical organization ofrecords within the organi-zation’s holding, improvedrecords keeping practicesand standardization of sys-tems and procedures haveall contributed to therecognition and accept-ance of the discipline ofrecords management.

Capacity strengtheningof records managementprogramme in public authorities is as a direct result of the Act. Training needs have been identified andconducted to equip staff with the requisite skills need-ed to administer the Act. In some instances recordskeeping activities have been computerized to increaseefficiency in service delivery and the prospect ofintroducing compatible electronic systems for infor-mation resource sharing is closer becoming a reality.Other areas of capacity strengthening have beenachieved through networking within the professionalcommunity and through the monitoring and supportof the ATI Unit.

Another positive impact has been the changes tothe organizational structure of the records department

to reflect the work being undertaken and to attractmore qualified staff. Through business process reengi-neering there has been an alignment with other infor-mation functions such as information technology andpublic relations. The Act has forced public authoritiesto make clear distinctions between offical and unoffi-cal records. Official documents are no longer territori-al but freely shared as a corporate resource and a doc-ument for public perusal once non-exempt. Greaterreliance on the dissemination of documents via thecorporate Internet is fast becoming the preferred routeto disclosure to lessen the workload brought on by theAct when information is not readily available in thepublic’s domain.

On the administrative side better storage facilitieshave been provided for records, there is greateremphasis on records retention and the assured

longevity of archivalrecords. There is greatercompliance with legalretention requirements,faster retrieval of infor-mation in response toaccess requests, fewer lostor misfiled records andbenchmarked service standards set for document delivery.Additionally, moreresources are being

allocated to the information and documentation functions in government and it is now an establishedline item in the government’s published budget.

Successes in the Act’s Implementation

The period between the passage of the legislationand its actual implementation was a brief eight-

een (18) months, and at the end of this period morethan ninety eight percent of the government entitieswere not deemed ready to implement the Act.However, this process had to be fast tracked as theJamaican Parliament had no desire to renege on their promise to make government more open and

The more visible impact of the Act has been increased accountability for

good records management. The incidences of misplaced or lost documents have

been minimized with the new structuredrecords management programmes.

Page 86: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

78

transparent. Through the work of the ATI Unit andofficers committed to making the Act work, govern-ment entities were assessed and those deemed “ready”to implement the Act were used as the guinea pigs tothe Act. Six entities namely the Ministry of Financeand Planning, Office of the Prime, Cabinet Office,the Bank of Jamaica, Jamaica Information Servicesand the Planning Institute of Jamaica all dutifullyimplemented the Act on January 5, 2004 and pavedthe way for the other entities to follow.

The phased implementation of the other government entities minimized the teething painsassociated with its implementation. The implemen-tation strategies and activities were well executed and as a result Jamaica can boast of its successes. Thefollowing significantly contributed to the transitionfrom a closed to a more open system of government:

• Establishment of the ATI Unit

• Appointment of dedicated ATI personnel ingovernment entities

• Channels of appealsThe public could seek redress at different levels,from the head of the government entity to whichhe or she has applied for information. Failing toget redress at this level the next was an AppealsTribunal, an independent body established toadjudicate ATI matters. The court was deemedto be the last resort but is also an option to the applicant

• Wholesale sensitization of government workers to the ActAwareness of the Act greatly assisted its imple-mentation. Access officers at no time every feltisolated in identifying and reviewing documentsrequested as other officers within the organiza-tion readily threw their support behind locatingand making documents available. While theseawareness sessions were widespread in govern-ment, there remains a need for the greater public more awareness sessions to achieve wider

participation in the democratic processes of government.

• Greater accessibility to government documents and information To minimize the number of requests for moregeneric documents and information, governmententities have become prolific authors and publishers, increasingly placing information on WebPages. This has contributed to greateravailability of these documents, and hence thenumbers of requests submitted are being reducedas applicants can be referred to these open sites.It is to be noted that Jamaica being a democraticsociety has always made information available to its citizen, however with the Act access is unencumbered.

• Enhanced inter-Governmental CoordinationThe coming together of the ATI officers in government to form a unified support group toprovide education, research, and networkingopportunities and to leverage the value ofrecords, information, and knowledge as corporateassets has greatly facilitated the implementationof the Act. The AATIA is a support group in government representing professionals charged with the function of managing publicrecords and implementing the ATI Act. ThisAssociation is intended to increase the awarenessof ethical issues among information and recordsmanagement practitioners and to guide them in reflection, decision making, and action in the discharge of their officer functions withrespect to the Act.

• The publication of “Guidelines on the Dischargeof Functions by Public Authorities Under theAccess to Information (Jamaica) Act 2002” This became the standard manual used by ATIofficers throughout government to carry out theirfunction. Recommended practices and proce-dures, policies, standardised correspondence,

Page 87: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Challenges and Successes in Implementing the Act

79

form letters, advise to frequently asked questionsamong other relevant issues were addressed toaid the officer in delivering and equitable andefficient service.

• Support from the political directorate The support has been overwhelming and hasmade the task that much easier to perform.

• Stakeholder participation The users engagement and participation must becommended. They have monitored the imple-mentation of the Act and kept government enti-ties on their toes, highlighting the flaws andcommending the good works of the individualentities in the operation of the Act.

Parliamentary Review of the Act

The Jamaican Parliament mandated that a reviewof the ATI Act be conducted 2 years after its

implementation date. In keeping with this mandate,earlier this year, a Joint Select Committee ofParliament sat to hear submissions from governmentand civil society. The AATIA group made a series of recommendations for both legislative and adminis-trative changes to the Act in order to improve itsimplementation. These recommendations includedthe following:

Regarding Amendments to the Act

1. That a provision made that where the applicantfails to respond after 30 days of being informed,his request has been granted he has abandonedthe request.

2. Prohibit applicants from soliciting the same document from several Public Authorities whenthe request has been satisfied by the first PublicAuthority and where the document beingapplied for is clearly known to be the subject of Public Authority one (1) and not residing insubsequent Public Authorities. This behaviourby the public ties up our limited resources andslows up the process of access to others.

3. The Act did not make it clear whether it ismandatory that all written application be signedby the applicants, so we recommended that thisbe clarified.

4. That the computation of the thirty days periodfor access be clearly stated, as ambiguity aroseearly in the Act’s implementation as to whetherit was 30 calendar or workdays.

5. Penalties be included for any applicant who with the grant of access to view or listen to documents held by Public Authorities commitsany of the offences that defaces, mars, steals ordestroys any public record.

6. Include a provision for the reasonableness of request.

That grant of access in the context of reasonable-ness was the major issue that the access officers had tograpple with, and as such the Select Committee wasasked to consider when is a request “reasonable” andwhen would the Access Officer not have to meettheir obligations of granting access to documentsbased on the voluminous requests being made byapplicants. It has been the collective experience ofthe Association that some requests require extensiveresearch and may result in over 2,000 documents orpages of documents being retrieved for reproduction.This invariable ties up several officers in the publicauthority rendering them incapable of performingtheir regular duties including how they are able totreat with other requests. To date voluminous andunreasonable requests received have not been met in the required timeframe as stipulated by the Act.

The AATIA also asked the Joint SelectCommittee to ratify the recommendations to ensurethat government can continue to deliver and improveits service and to educate the populace to engenderwider and more active participation in the gover-nance of the island.

Page 88: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

80

Regarding Administration of the Act

1. That aggressive public education be undertakento sensitize the citizenry of all aspects of the Actand how they can individually utilize this Act totheir benefit. The ATI Unit should be immedi-ately strengthened to undertake this campaign.

2. That the ATI Unit be immediately staffed with the requisite personnel to ensure that the mandate of government under this Act is efficiently executed.

3. Where the amount of fees for reproduction costshas been agreed to with the applicant, norequest for fee waiver should be allowed.

4. Special provision be made in the budget to pro-vide the resources needed to facilitate ATI workin the Public Authorities.

5. The position of at least one Access Officer bemandatorily filled in all Public Authorities.

6. A comprehensive programme for the training ofrecords managers through scholarships, attach-ments, distance learning and otherwise shouldbe undertaken throughout government to buildand strengthen the cadre of professionals operat-ing in this field and to ensure continued successof the operations of the Act.

7. Mandate the ongoing training of PermanentSecretaries and other senior officers.

8. The development of an effective records management programme in government

Way Forward

The full impact of the Access to Information Acthas not yet been fully realised by the Jamaican

people. The Act is still in its infancy stages, but as itgrows it is anticipated that its potential far reachingeffects will be explosive and potentially overwhelmingto satisfy. The present users of the Act all presumethat information requested must be made available to them, even when its proven to be in the exemptcategories. This is fueled by their right to know and they are willing to challenge decisions throughintervention to gain access to documents.

The commitment of government to the entrench-ment of the ATI Act is genuine and recognising thatthis cannot be accomplished without good recordskeeping practices has ensured the continued strength-ening of the programme to fulfill their mandate to its citizenry. Government entities also have becomevery proactive in the dissemination of information in a timely and comprehensive manner. This it isdeemed will make the organization more credible and transparent to its citizens.

Page 89: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

81

Appeal Procedures for Access toInformation: The International Experience

Laura Neuman and Carole Excell

The Jamaican Parliament identified the passageof the Access to Information Act of 2002 as a“fundamental principle underlying the system

of constitutional democracy” with the specific objec-tives of ensuring government accountability, trans-parency and public participation in the decision-mak-ing process.1 Access to information, once thought ofas either a relative to the right to freedom of expres-sion or as a “luxury” is increasingly recognized as afundamental human right necessary for the enjoymentof other rights, such as the right to a healthy environ-ment, right to education and housing, and other pub-lic benefits. However, the right to information is onlyas effective as an individual’s ability to enforce it. “Ifthere is widespread beliefthat the right to accessinformation will not beenforced, this so-calledright to informationbecomes meaningless.Thus some externalreview mechanism is criti-cal to the law’s overalleffectiveness.”2

The best enforcementbodies will allow the peti-tioner to submit hisappeal with minimal formality or cost. As theFreedom of Information Act of Western Australiaspecifies, the “proceedings are to be conducted withas little formality and technicality, and as expeditious-ly, as a proper consideration of the complaint willallow.”3 These entities should be tasked with deter-mining the appeal quickly and without the need forattorneys, and their decisions should be binding.Moreover, they will function under the doctrine ofnatural justice: the decision maker shall have no per-

sonal interest in the proceedings; they shall be unbi-ased and act in good faith; and perhaps most impor-tantly “not only should justice be done, but it shouldbe seen to be done; in other words, legal proceedingsshould be made public.”4

The recognition of access to information as ahuman right portends the obvious implication thatthis appeal body will differ from other narrowlydefined administrative bodies charged with simplyupholding an administrative procedure. The functionsof an access to information appeals body must bedeveloped and applied within the expansive humanrights paradigm. This paper explores some of the bestpractices of access to information enforcement bodies

around the world, particu-larly related to the devel-opment of appeal proce-dures under the law. Formore details on enforce-ment models generally,please see the chapter inthis guidebook entitled“Mechanisms forMonitoring and Enforcingthe Right to Informationaround the World.”

Enforcement of access to information laws is a crucial part of ensuring anappropriate balance between the right to know andthe public’s interest in guarding certain sensitive

1 The Access to Information Act, 2002, Jamaica, sec. 2.

2 Neuman, Laura. “Access to Information Laws: Pieces of the Puzzle,” inThe Promotion of Democracy Through Access to Information: Bolivia,(Atlanta, GA: The Carter Center, May 2004).

3 Freedom of Information Act 1992, Western Australia, Part 4, Division3, sec. 70.

4 See encyclopedia.thefreedictionary.com/Natural%20justice

The international trend is to establish an intermediary body, such as a

Commission(er), Ombudsman or AppealTribunal, to review agency decisions with

the power to order the public authority to comply with its findings and decisions,

as is the case in Jamaica.

Page 90: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

82

information. There is no one approach used aroundthe world in the hearing or review of access to infor-mation decisions. There are, however, commonalitiesin the practice and procedures used to ensure fairnessin the enforcement of the right of access to informa-tion and appropriate resolution of disputes betweenthe Government and citizens.

The international trend is to establish an interme-diary body, such as a Commission(er), Ombudsman orAppeal Tribunal, to review agency decisions with thepower to order the public authority to comply with itsfindings and decisions, as is the case in Jamaica. Thisserves as a more accessible and affordable mechanismfor enforcement than those modalities where the firstopportunity for a hearing is before the Court. Bestpractices can now be identified in relevant legislationand rules of procedure found governing the work ofombudsman, commissioners, and tribunals chargedwith the task of reviewing right to information deci-sions. It is these core functions that should be definedand developed through procedures and regulations.

Appeals Procedures and Regulations

Comprehensive and clear procedures for the hear-ing of matters in relation to the denial of a

request for access to information or the failure toproperly implement or apply the law are a critical partof guaranteeing a transparent and accessible processin the resolution of disputed “right to know” cases.Procedures help ensure uniformity in processing ofappeals and in the decision-making, and allow forgreater efficiency on the part of the appeal body.Regulations and procedures should strive to:

• clarify the broader law,

• support the underlying objectives of the law, and

• provide guidance to both the implementers andthe users.

In drafting rules and regulations, an emphasisshould be placed on ensuring that there is no conflictor restriction on the provisions of the Act to which itis associated or other relevant laws. Often regulations

include sections on scope, powers, and procedures.Regulations should use clear, unambiguous languageand should be written for the layperson to under-stand. And in applying the rules, “they shall be construed and administered to secure the just, speedy,and inexpensive determination of every action.”5

As discussed above, although there is great vari-ance among jurisdictions, there have emerged somesimilarities in practice and procedures, such as:

1. the burden of proof for any denial falls on theagency;

2. flexibility in the rules of procedures to allow for greatest accessibility and ease of use;

3. efforts to reduce costs for petitioners, includingthe possibility of appealing without the need for attorney representation;

4. broad investigative powers;

5. the power to compel the agency to release documents to the tribunal in a timely mannerfor review; and

6. the power to sanction agency personnel for noncompliance.

After the passage of governing legislation, regula-tions or subsidiary legislation may have to be enactedto set out the detailed procedural rules to guide thescope and conduct of the review of the Government’sdecision.6 In those jurisdictions where the controllinglaw provides great detail, the regulations may not beas extensive; the opposite is often true for countrieswith access to information laws with less proceduralspecificity. Ultimately, the regulations and proceduresfor any access to information enforcement body mustbe crafted to best suit the legal and socio-economic,political context of the specific country.

5 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, Scope of Rules, Rule (1).

6 S.79 of the South Africa Promotion of Access to Information Act provides that the Rules Board for Courts of Law is to prepare rules of procedure for the hearing of applications made by persons aggrieved ofdecisions of relevant Authorities.

Page 91: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Appeal Procedures for Access to Information

83

The following is a brief description of some of thecore provisions necessary for an effective and accessi-ble appeals process, based on our interpretation ofgood international practice.

Scope

Most access to information laws specify the typeof complaints that an appeals body may hear,

however, this may be further developed through regu-lation and procedures. The scope of the review deter-mines the extent of the intermediary bodies’ jurisdic-tion over a matter. Adjudicatory bodies are chargedwith issuing decisions on matters of interpretation ofthe law, substantive finding of facts and proceduralmatters. In practice, it is important that the appealsbody be empowered to hear all complaints related tothe access of information including, but not limitedto:

Denials (Full, Partial and Severability)

The most common complaints are based on a denialof information, whether an express denial or deemeddenial (also called mute refusal). The general basis forthis type of appeal is the refusal by a GovernmentAuthority to grant a request for a document whetherwholly or in part. This includes either (a) failing togive access to a document by claiming an exemptionunder the Act, (b) giving access to only some of thedocuments requested, (c) deleting parts of the docu-ment that have been requested as being exempt infor-mation within a document, (d) determining that onbalance release is not in the “public interest,” or (e)claiming that document does not exist.

Some access to information acts include provisionsfor deferral of requests for access; whereby access tothe document is refused because the document hasnot been completed within a specific period asrequired, or where the document is being reviewedinternally at the time of the request. For example, inthe South African Promotion of Access toInformation Act, where a record is to be publishedwithin 90 days of the date of the request, access to

that record may be deferred for a reasonable periodprovided that the requester may make representationsas to why he or she needs the record before that timeand access shall be provided where the requester islikely to suffer substantial prejudice.7 Thus, althoughnot an express denial, the deferral of a request has the same ultimate outcome and should be open forappeal review.

The best access to information laws afford forredaction of exempt material, and the provision ofthe rest of the document. This is often called sever-ability or deletion of material. As this is consideredan adverse decision, like any other denial it should be open for appeal.

Costs for Receiving Documents

The scope of most access to information appellatebodies includes complaints for fees and costs. Costsare a critical issue for requestors, as it can serve as anobstacle to exercising the right to information. InIreland, where they recently raised the costs for repro-duction of documents, the Information Commissionerhas stated that the number of requests dropped by50%. In many jurisdictions the access to informationlaw or accompanying regulations will provide thepotential for a waiver or reduction of costs for repro-duction of materials. In others, there is a fixed chargefor search and/or reproduction. In the United States,where the federal Freedom of Information Act con-tains both a schedule of fees and a fee waiver provi-sion, both elements are subject to review. Like theInformation and Privacy Commissioner of Ontario,Canada, the New Zealand Information Ombudsman,who serves as the intermediary decision-making body,is given the power to investigate and review fees andfixed charges to determine if they are reasonable. Theinternational experience makes clear that theCommission(er) and Appeal Tribunals must be vestedwith the authority to review cases related to costs forrequesting and receiving documents, in order to

7 The Promotion of Access to Information Act, South Africa. sec. 24.

Page 92: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

84

assure public authority compliance with the law andits regulations.

Extension of Time Periods

Grounds for appeal have also been based on ques-tioned time extensions. In most modern access toinformation laws, the agency has the capacity toextend the time period for completing an informationrequest. However, the requestor often has a right toappeal this decision to theappellate body, particularlywhen there is a complaintof abuse of process. In NewZealand, the Access toInformation Ombudsmanis empowered to investi-gate and rule on “exten-sion of time limits for areply to a request.”8

Practices that Underminethe Law

In many jurisdictions there is a catch-all provision for the right to appeal an agency’s failure to followprocedural requirements of the law. These mayinclude practices that undermine the law, such asinappropriate use of transfers, a request handled in amanner that dissatisfies the applicant, incompleteresponses, or failure to perform an adequate search. Inaddition to the express ability to review a denial, thisprovision would also capture those cases where thepublic authority systematically ignores requests, thusundermining the objectives of the law. This has beenone of the greatest problems in implementation of theSouth African Promotion of Access to InformationLaw, and experience suggests that the adjudicatorybody should have the capacity to review a publicauthority’s systematic and persistent failure to respond to request.

In Scotland’s Freedom of Information Act, 2002,the Commissioner is authorized to issue a “practicerecommendation” if it is determined that “the prac-tice of a Scottish public authority in relation to theexercise of its functions under this Act does not con-

form to the code of practice.” 9 Good practice isdefined as including, but not limited to “compliancewith the requirements of this Act and the provisionsof the codes of practice.”10 The Mexican Access toInformation regime authorizes the Federal Access toInformation Institute, the body charged with adjudi-cating complaints, to hear cases related to incompleteinformation and dissatisfaction.11 The OntarioInformation and Privacy Commissioner’s office

accepts appeals for “ade-quacy of agency decision.”

Miscellaneous

a. Form of Information

The Bulgarian Access toPublic Information Act2000 includes provisionsthat the information shallbe provided in the formrequested unless this is not

technically feasible, or it results in an unjustifiedincrease in cost. The Tribunal has the authority toreview any complaints related to the form in whichthe information was provided.

b. Use of Information

Information belongs to the citizens, and thusrequesters should never be required to provide a rea-son or explanation of its use. The New ZealandOfficial Information Act codifies this tenet byempowering the Ombudsman to review any decisionof a Department, Minister of the Crown or organiza-tion that imposes conditions on the use, communica-tion, or publication of information made availablepursuant to a request.12

In many jurisdictions there is a catch-all provision for the right to

appeal an agency’s failure to follow procedural requirements of the law.

8 See, The Official Information Act 1982 and The Ombudsmen Act 1975.

9 Freedom of Information Act 2002, sec. 44.

10 Id. at sec. 43.

11 Ley de Transparencia y Acceso a la Informacion PublicaGubernamental, articulo 50.

12 See sec. 28 of the Official Information Act New Zealand

Page 93: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Appeal Procedures for Access to Information Cases: The International Experience

85

c. Refusal to Provide or Amend Personal Records

Access to information laws, such as Ontario Canadaand Mexico, provide a right to appeal the agenciesrefusal to provide or amend personal records. Theappellate body is, thus, responsible to determine suchcomplaints.

d. Issuance of a Certificate of Exemption

In the United Kingdom Access to Information Act2000, the Minister of the Crown may issue a nationalsecurity certificate of exemption when required forthe purpose of safeguarding national security. Thiscertificate serves as “conclusive evidence” of the doc-uments exempt status.13 Nevertheless, the issuance ofa certificate may be appealed to the Access toInformation Tribunal on the grounds that “the certifi-cate does not apply to theinformation in question.”14

In these cases, the Tribunalhas the authority to reviewthe information requestand the information forwhich the certificate was issued.

Powers

The powers bestowed onthe intermediary deci-

sion-making body can vary from recommendation-only to the full powers of a binding adjudicatory body,such as a court of law. In general, the internationalexperience is demonstrating that the power to makebinding orders is critical to meeting the objectives of the right to information. In countries such asSouth Africa, where the law does not provide for anintermediary body with order making powers, theLegislature is seriously contemplating an amendmentof the law to allow for the creation of this criticalbody. Order making power allows an independentdecision making authority to resolve disputed casesquickly and in a cost effective manner without refer-ence of all matters to the court for final resolution.

General Powers

In jurisdictions with order-making powers, it isaccepted good practice that the body hearing theappeal enjoys the same attributes as the original decision maker and the judiciary. Generally there are three broad actions available to the body:

• uphold the decision under review (affirm)

• reverse the decision and make their own order(vary and set-aside)

• remand to the agency for further action

In all laws where the enforcement body is vestedwith order-making powers, they may “provide anyrelief that the Commission, at its own discretion,believes appropriate to rectify the denial of any right

conferred by the Freedomof Information Act.”15

This includes a findingthat the information isnot exempt, or that onbalance release of theinformation is in the pub-lic’s interest. Moreover,the adjudicatory body maydismiss the case for lack of jurisdiction, failure toexhaust administrative

procedures or comply with procedural requirements,abandonment, or frivolousness, unreasonable or vexatious appeals.

Investigations

Most access to information laws and regulations provide extensive powers for formal inquiries andinvestigations, and require the agency to provideinformation as part of an investigation within a specified period of time.

Order making power allows an independent decision making authority to

resolve disputed cases quickly and in a costeffective manner without reference of allmatters to the court for final resolution.

13 Freedom of Information Act 2000, United Kingdom, secs. 23 and 24.

14 Id. At sec. 60.

15 The Connecticut Freedom of Information Act, sec. 1-206(2).

Page 94: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

86

In the Ontario Freedom of Information andPrivacy Act, the Commissioner in the course of aninquiry is empowered to summon and examine onoath any person who, in the Commissioner’s opinion,may have information relating to the inquiry to thesame extent as a superior court of record. These typesof rules are generally utilized where there is a moreformal hearing as witnesses may include very seniorofficials in Government including Ministers. Othercountries use less formal powers for the conduct ofinvestigation and inquiry to encourage a more infor-mal resolution of appeals, including the power toallow for Conferences andMediation as discussedbelow.

Procedures

The overriding princi-ple relating to any

access to informationappeals procedure must besimplicity, with minimalformality or unnecessaryobstacles. For example, in the case of a denial, a welldesigned system will allow the intermediary body toreceive a simply stated request for appeal, get the doc-ument in question from the public authority, reviewthe document, accept representations from the partieswith the burden of proof on the agency, and decideon whether or not the information should be released.

Procedures on the request, investigation and hear-ing of an appeal may vary depending on the powers ofthe review body and whether there is first a processfor internal review. For example, where there is nointernal review procedure, cases are heard for the firsttime by a commissioner, ombudsman, court or tribu-nal on the basis of an agency’s preliminary determina-tion. There is generally less of an investigation orrecord and, thus, more responsibility on the adjudica-tory body.

In processing appeals, the Commission(er) orTribunal is often vested the ability to “determine the

procedure for investigating and dealing with com-plaints and give any necessary directions as to theconduct of the proceedings.”18 This may include consolidating claims where there are appeals thatinvolve common questions of law or fact, requestingadditional documentation, or requiring pre-hearingmediation or compulsory conferences.

Requesting Appeal

In filing a complaint, appellants should be obligatedto describe basic information but not be required touse prescribed forms that serve to create rigidity in

the appeal process. Ifexample forms or a boiler-plate form for requestingappeal are provided, theyshould include the mini-mal details needed toproperly file a complaintand an explanation of anyalternative dispute resolu-tion mechanisms avail-able. There should also be

an explanation for completing forms to aid disadvan-taged applicants. As the filing of an appeal can bequite cumbersome and confusing, in many jurisdic-tions the Commission(er) or Appeals Tribunal staff isdirected to assist the petitioner.

Time limits for requesting an appeal vary depend-ing upon the jurisdiction but are often 30 to 60 days,with provision for the adjudicator to extend or waivethe deadlines for good cause.19 In some cases, such asin Thailand, where there is an Information Board orOmbudsman that sends the cases to the adjudicationbody the time limit for filing may be shorter.

In addition to the basic details, some laws havespecific provisions that allow the complainant torequest an early hearing of the appeal and the

The overriding principle relating to any access to information appeals

procedure must be simplicity, with minimalformality or unnecessary obstacles.

17 Freedom of Information Act 200, United Kingdom.

18 Freedom of Informatioft 1992, Western Australia, Part 4, Division 3,sec. 70.

19 See Information and Privacy Commissioner, Ontario and US.

Page 95: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Appeal Procedures for Access to Information

87

reasons for that request, as part of the initial filing ofthe complaint.20

Notice of Appeal and Public Authority Response

Upon the filing of an appeal, unless the regulationsdictate that completed filing includes service on theagency, the adjudicator should provide notice to thepublic authority. Notice to the agency may includedetails pertinent to the complaint, as well as thetimeline for response. It will also notify the agency ofthe day of the hearing, and if any mediation or infor-mal conference shall proceed the hearing.

The public authority against whom the appeal istaken may be ordered to submit documents necessaryto understand the reason for their adverse decision, aswell as written arguments. Where the case relates toextension of time, transfers, or costs, detailed infor-mation and the basis of the decision must be includedin the response.21 Again, the weight of proving thecorrectness of the decision is on the public authority,so their burden to produce documents and argumentswill be greater.

Dismissal of Appeal

The Commission(er) or Tribunal may decide “not todeal with the complaint, or to stop dealing with thecomplaint” for lack of jurisdiction, frivolousness,abandonment or withdrawal.22 In all cases, proceduresmust be in place to notify the complainant in writingof the decision and its basis, and any additional rightto appeal.

A case may be determined “abandoned” when thedecision-maker issues a finding for failure to appear atthe hearing or respond to written requests.23 TheOntario regulations provide that when an appellanthas not responded within 21 days to attempts by theCommissioner to contact him or her, the appeal isconsidered “abandoned.” However, safeguards mayrequire that prior to disposing of the appeal, the deci-sion makers must be satisfied that appropriate noticewas given to the person who failed to appear orrespond, and there should be provision for reinstate-ment of the application and clear directions for seeking reinstatement.24 Often, regulations also will

provide guidance for withdrawing a complaint. InIreland, for example, it states that a requestor may bynotice in writing given to the Commissioner, at anytime before an appeal is determined or discontinued,withdraw the application. In this case, theCommissioner must then notify all parties in writingof the withdrawal.25

Even more difficult to determine than abandon-ment, are the cases of frivolousness and vexation.Frivolousness is considered to be those cases that arebrought “without any reasonable grounds and solelyfor the purpose of harassing the agency from whichthe appeal has been taken,” and these cases may besubject to both dismissal and monetary fines.26

Procedure for Investigation

Included in most countries access to informationenforcement procedures is the adjudicator’s ability

to call for and examine any evidence, includingexempt documents.27 The process for requesting theproduction of documents from public authorities gen-erally includes written notice from the Tribunal, anda timeline for submission of the material.

20 A request for an early hearing could be considered where there is (1) an imminent threat to the life or physical safety of an individual (2) the loss of substantial due process rights (3) failure to reveal a matterof widespread and exceptional media interest (4) failure to be able to disseminate information which is essential for the public to be informed.See American Battle Monuments Commission 36 CFR Part 404 Freedomof Information Act Regulations

21 Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, Australia specifies therespondents provide a schedule of the documents to which the claims of exemption relate including (a) date of the document; (b) person or persons by whom the document was created and, where applicable, theperson or persons to whom it was directed; (c) A sufficient description ofthe nature of the contents of the document so as to provide a prima faciejustification for the ground or grounds of exemption relied upon; (d)Where applicable, a statement as to the ground or grounds of public interest relied upon in support of the claim of exemption; (e)Where the claim of exemption relates only to part of the document, a conciseindication of the part or parts involved (e.g., para 6 or part para 6).

22 Freedom of Information Act 1992, Western Australia, sec. 67.

23 Ontario Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (s.19).

24 Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act of 1975, Australia, sec. 34B.

25 The Freedom of Information Act , Connecticut, sec. 1-206(2).

26 Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975 of Australia PracticeDirections.

27 Freedom of Information Act 194, Belize, sec. 40.

Page 96: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

88

The fact that the public authority has asserted aclaim that the document is exempt should not deterthe Tribunal from reviewing it. In order to make adetermination of the document, the information con-tained in the document and the policy for withhold-ing the information must be examined. Therefore, theprocess must delineate specific safeguards for physicalsafety of the documents and protection of sensitiveand classified information. Often the regulations provide for either one specified person to review classified documents, such as the case of Belize where-by the Ombudsman is solely vested with the powerand is mandated to “returnthe document to the per-son by whom it was pro-duced without permittingany other person to haveaccess to the document ordisclosing the contents ofthe document to any otherperson.”28 The person des-ignated to review sensitivedocuments must have asecurity clearance com-mensurate with thenational security classifica-tion of the document.

Moreover, there also may be a requirement that“the Commissioner…must ensure the return of thedocument to the agency that produced it when thecomplaint has been dealt with.”29 In Ontario, theInformation and Privacy Commission’s (IPC) PracticeDirections proclaim that “the IPC’s security arrange-ments satisfy the security standards of the OntarioProvincial Police.”30 In some rules there is also provi-sions allowing for entry into premises of a publicauthority to inspect large documents or documentsthat are in a poor condition that may contain exemptinformation.31

In Australia, the administrative tribunal rules provide that the public authority must prepare therecords in a form determined by the Tribunal includ-ing requiring the institution to number the records,

number the pages of records, provide legible copies,provide highlighted copies, or provide a detailedindex indicating the date of creation of each record, abrief description of the record, the extent to which itwas disclosed, and what exemption has beenclaimed.32 Similarly in Scotland’s Freedom ofInformation Act the Commissioner may require thesubmission of additional information if he has con-cerns that an authority is not complying with theAct. The request for such information will be provid-ed to the agency through written notice, and the pub-lic authority may appeal the request to the Court of

Session, but only on apoint of law.33

In its role as “investiga-tor,” intermediary bodiesin jurisdictions like manyof the Canadian Provinceshave served to assist thecomplainant in compilingthe necessary record fortheir case. Often petition-ers do not have the capac-ity or jurisdiction tounearth the necessary doc-uments, and must rely onthe Commission(er) or

Appeals Tribunal staff for assistance.

Service of Documents

Good practice indicates that procedures should indicate what types of service of notices and pleadingsare accepted, such as registered mail, regular mail,

The fact that the public authority has asserted a claim that the document is exempt should not deter the Tribunal from reviewing it. In order to make a determination of the document, the

information contained in the document and the policy for withholding the information must be examined.

28 Freedom of Information Act 1992, Western Australia, sec. 75.

29 Information and Privacy Commissioner of Ontario, Practice Direction#1, sec. 11, August 2000.

30 s.52 of the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy ActOntario gives the Information Commissioner the power to enter premisesand inspect documents on site.

31 Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975 of Australia.

32 s.50 of the Freedom of Information Scotland Act 2002.

33 Regulations of the Connecticut Freedom of Information Commission, sec. 1-21j-35.

Page 97: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Appeal Procedures for Access to Information

89

hand delivery or via facsimile. Requirements varyfrom personal service to post with receipt by author-ized representative (of either the appellant or thepublic authority) or to last known address. In mostjurisdictions, recorded delivery is used to ensure proof of posting.

Hearings

All laws governing enforcement of the right toinformation include provisions on how the hear-

ing is to be conducted and the process to make deci-sions. The purpose of any hearing “shall be to provideto all parties an opportunity to present evidence andargument on all issues to be considered.”34 In general,hearings may be held with representations in personor in writing. Although in Ontario Canada themajority of inquiries are conducted in writing withsubmitted written representations, like most otherjurisdictions the appellant may choose the modality.On appeal, it is customary that the Appeals Tribunalmay review any of the public authority’s findings offact or determinations of law.35 The commission orpresiding officer may also choose to consolidate pro-ceedings involving “related questions of law or fact orinvolving the same parties.”36

Oral Hearings

Regulations relating to the conduct of the oral hear-ing should be promulgated, seeking to ensure thatthere is minimal formality and to avoid the need forattorney representation. The complaint should beafforded to opportunity to present argument andrespond to the public authority’s rationale, again withthe burden of proof on the public authority. “To avoidunnecessary cumulative evidence, the commission orpresiding officer may limit the number of witnesses orthe time for testimony upon a particular issue in thecourse of the hearing.”37 Regulations may also providean opportunity for additional written submissions fol-lowing the hearing, when necessary for due process.

If the appellant chooses to proceed with an oralhearing (rather than on the record), the regulationscould provide for either public hearings or in camera.

In Connecticut, the hearings of the Freedom ofInformation Commission are open to the public,except when in camera inspection of documents or testimony is necessary to preserve confidences.Public hearings can contribute to confidence in thetribunal’s independence and fairness. Regulations may provide that these proceedings are tape recorded,with some time “off the record” for stipulations and negotiations.

In other jurisdictions, such as British Columbia,the oral hearings may be conducted in private. InOntario, the law provides that no one is “entitled” tobe present during the presentations. The AustralianAdministrative Tribunal Act provides that all hear-ings are to be held in public, except under specificcircumstances, such as confidential nature of matteror evidence. In these cases, the amount of materialtaken in private is to be limited and the Tribunal hasthe discretion to direct which part of the hearing willtake place in camera, who may be present, and howthe evidence or disclosures will remain confidential.38

In either case, the common practice is to publishthe findings and final decision. Personal informationprovided to the Tribunal as part of the proceedings,however, should remain confidential and not be dis-closed without that individual’s consent. In Canada,the regulations provide that if the public authority onthe recommendation of the Commissioner intends torelease any third party information he must give thatthird party a reasonable opportunity to make repre-sentations as well.39

34 Freedom of Information Act 2000, United Kingdom, secs. 58 and 59.

35 Regulations of the Connecticut Freedom of Information Commission,sec. 1-21j-18.

36 Id. at sec. 1-21j-35.

37 Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, Australia (s.35).

38 Report of the Access to Information Task Force of Canada “Access toInformation: Making it Work for Canadians” and s.27,28 & 29 of theAccess to Information Act.1980-81-82-83, c. 111, Sch. I “1”.

39 Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, Australia,(s.32).

Page 98: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

90

Legal Representation at the Appeal Hearing

Many countries have access to information laws orprocedural rules which explicitly provide the right forthe appellants to have legal representation or otherrepresentation at the hearing. This right also extendsto the public authority, witnesses or any third partyattending the appeal.40 In Australia’s AdministrativeAppeal Act the rules specifically state that theAttorney General is given the jurisdiction for himselfor his representative to appear before the Tribunalwhenever he considers it expedient in the publicinterest.41 Such cases may include appeals ofMinisterial certificates of exemption, national securi-ty, defence or international relations documents, orthe disclosure of deliberations or decisions of theCommonwealth Cabinet or of a committee of theCabinet.

Evidence

In some access to information procedures or regula-tions there is provided a specific statement that theproceeding shall be conducted with as little formalityand technicality, and with as much expedition, aspossible and that ordinary rules of evidence arerelaxed or do not apply. The norm, internationally, isthat intermediary bodies tend to adhere less rigidly torules of evidence. Moreover, in jurisdictions such asCanada where the Federal law vests the InformationCommissioner with recommendation powers only, theCommissioner may accept evidence and other infor-mation, whether or not the evidence or informationis or would be admissible in a court of law.

Calling Witnesses

An intermediary body may serve as the arbiter,inquisitor or both. Thus, regulations should includepowers that enable the conduct of this function,including the power to call witnesses and require theproduction of documents.42 The Commission(er),Tribunal or presiding officer should also be authorizedto subpoena witnesses and administer oaths.43 In theAustralian Administrative Appeal Act powers havealso been given to the Tribunal to call their own wit-

nesses, and the Public Authority and the Appellantgiven an opportunity to cross-examine. This is animportant provision for situations in which the adju-dicator consolidated cases of similar facts or issues oflaw. Other jurisdictions include provisions to allowthe submission of sworn statements or affidavits to besubmitted where witnesses are unable able to attend,with the proviso for a modified cross-examination.

Third Party

The modern practice in access to information laws isto ensure that there is a potential for third parties toattend and make representations before a decisionmaking body on right to know cases, particularlywhen information related to their person or businessis at issue. The Australian Act, among others, makesprovisions for the Tribunal to hear applications bythird parties, this may include third parties with abusiness interest in a document or government agencies with a legitimate interest in a document, orindividuals where there is a request that may revealpersonal information.44 “If the Commissioner is satis-fied that another person or body might be affected bya decision made on the complaint the Commissionermay obtain information or receive submissions fromthat person or body.”45 This provision opens the possibility for Amicus Curie and third party briefs.

Time Periods

In addition to time periods for submitting appeals,regulations in some jurisdictions include time limitsfor submission of required documentation and evenfor determination of appeals. For example, the proce-dures for complaint in British Columbia allow for an

40 Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, Australia (s.36).

41 Council on Tribunals Guide to Drafting Tribunal Rules, November2003.

42 Regulations of the Connecticut Freedom of Information Commission,sec. 1-21j-36.

43 Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, Australia , sec..30

44 Freedom of Information Act, Western Australia, sec. 69.

45 Freedom of Information and Privacy Act, British Columbia, sec. 56(6).

Page 99: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Appeal Procedures for Access to Information

91

inquiry into matters of fact which must be completedwithin 90 days of the request.46 A rule prescribingextension of necessary time limits is also important to allow for fair conduct of any hearing. In theAustralian Administrative Appeals Act Rules thereare provisions for the Tribunal to extend the timeappointed for doing any act, notwithstanding that thetime appointed has already expired. On the flip sidethe rules also state that the Tribunal may in specialcircumstances reduce the time appointed by the Rulesfor doing any act, once there is an agreement of theparties. This allows the Tribunal to determine that ifan appellant would or might suffer hardship by com-pliance with the longer periods set forth in the Act;they may reduce the period for document filing.

Decisions and Sanctions

Regulations of freedom of information laws often pro-vide the form of a decision including requirements fora decision to be made by a specific number of mem-bers, recorded in writing and signed by the Chairmanand communicated to both the Appellant and theRespondent within a specific amount of time.47 Insome jurisdictions, such as Connecticut, the decisioninitially may be made orally, but it is then written andpublished. The international trend is that all interme-diary body decisions should be published.

Often in the conduct of a hearing a decision willbe made that contains terms and conditions, includ-ing requiring the production of document within aspecific time. Some Acts include criminal sanctionsfor the failure of the public authority to comply withthe directions of the tribunal, while others includespecific provisions for the Tribunal to find for thepetitioner in whole or part or bar a respondent fromcontesting an appeal. The Thailand OfficialInformation Act, 1997 provides that where there is a failure to comply with a decision of the OfficialInformation Board in relation to the issue of a summons or to produce information this can result in a criminal charge with possibility of imprisonmentfor up to three months and/or a fine.48 In BritishColumbia, the agency has 30 days to comply with

the Commissioner’s order, unless an appeal for judicial review was filed. Similarly in the IrishFreedom of Information Act there are sanctionsincluded in the Act for failure of an Authority torespond to the Commissioner’s notice.49 In this case,the Commissioner may refer the authority to theCourt of Session, which can take action against theauthority for contempt of court. Under Section 15 of the Contempt of Court Act 1981, the maximumpenalty for contempt of court is two years imprison-ment or an unlimited fine or both. If the publicauthority fails to comply with an order of the intermediary body there must be provision to allowfor sanctions and further action, or the authority ofthe body will be largely lost.

MiscellaneousMediation or Conferences

Access to information cases can be quite contentiousand therefore the most modern enforcement rulesprovide an option for alternative resolution of dis-putes. Without a speedier and less cumbersomemethod for resolving complaints, the adjudicatorybody may quickly become overwhelmed and theprocess inordinately costly. For that reason, tribunalRules in Canada and Australia make specific provi-sion for mediation of a decision on access to informa-tion cases, if the parties agree.50 In Ontario, theCommissioner is given power to use a mediator toeffect a settlement. It authorizes a mediator to investi-gate the circumstances of any appeal and to try to

46 Federal Transparency and Access to Information Law of MexicoArticle 55-60 includes specific requirements as to the method of decisionmaking and communication to the appellant. The Jamaica Access toInformation Act Schedule one allows one Tribunal member sitting aloneto make a decision where the parties to the appeal consent.

47 s.40 Thailand Official Information Act.

48 The Act provides in s.37 for a person who fails or refuses to complywith a requirement under this section or who hinders or obstructs theCommissioner in the performance of his or her functions to be guilty of anoffence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding£1,500 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months or both.

49 See, Freedom of Information and Privacy Act, Ontario Canada,Freedom of Information Act 1992, Western Australia.

50 Council on Tribunals Guide to Drafting.

Page 100: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

92

reach a settlement without recourse to hearing. InWestern Australia and Ireland, the law stipulates arequirement for a conciliation mechanism. The Actprovides that the Commissioner may, at any stage,suspend inquiries, investigations or other proceedingsso that efforts can be made to resolve the complaintby conciliation or negotiation between the parties.Mediation also is utilized in the state of Connecticutin the United States through an ombudsman pro-gram.

The use of mediation to resolve ATI cases hastaken many forms including: a process to narrowissues, allow the release of some of the documents indispute, reduce fees; or facilitate the process of identi-fication of additional information. Mediation allowsfor creative solutions and may help develop options,consider alternatives and reach an agreement. It canensure speedy settlementsfor all parties; provide bet-ter service tailored to meetthe needs of the partiesand assist in the resolutionof complex cases.Mediation also does nottake away rights but cannarrow differences andestablish the issues in dis-pute even where a matterhas to go forward to ahearing for a binding decision. It avoids the necessaryeffort of preparing legal submissions and attendance atpublic hearings.

Mediation may be conducted by a neutral thirdparty (the mediator) or a member of the Tribunal,however this would preclude involvement of thismember in adjudicating the matter should mediationfail. If the matter is not resolved at mediation, itshould proceed to a hearing. However, if successful,the agreement should be reduced into writing andsigned by both parties before any matter can be with-drawn from a hearing. Regulations should make clearthat the mediated decision is binding.

Costs

Costs are inherent in any appeal process including thecost of representation, the costs of preparing docu-ments, costs for the hearing of the matter, etc.51 Costscan act as a deterrent to appellants. Thus, the wellaccepted international norm is that there should beno cost for Tribunal hearings and the issuing of costawards “should normally only be …where a party hasacted vexatiously or unreasonably or in favour of anappellant where there is a successful appeal against anadministrative decision affecting the appellant’s liveli-hood.”52

If awarding of costs as damages is included therealso must be consideration of the manner in whichthe costs will be assessed, and whether there will belimitations as to the amount of costs awarded. In

access to information lawsthat provide a court as thefinal arbitrator of a “rightto know,” costs for appealusually are provided to theappellant when the publicauthority’s decision wasunreasonable. In countriesthat have provisions allow-ing review either by aCommissioner or a quasi-judicial administrativebody there has been a gen-

eral view taken that the appellant shall bear his owncost and expenses of his appeal and that no costs areawarded against the losing party. This reduces thepotential costs associated with the decision-makingprocess and allows for a less formalized process for thehearing of an appeal.

51 Tribunal Users’ Experiences, Perceptions, and Expectations: ALiterature Review,” Michael Adler and Jackie Guiland, University ofEdinburgh, Nov 2003, Commissioned by the (former) Lord Chancellor’sDepartment and published by the Council on Tribunals.

52 Council on Tribunals Guide to Drafting Tribunal Rules, November 2003.

Mediation allows for creative solutions and has the advantage of identifying the disputed issues, develop options, consider alternatives and endeavor

to reach an agreement.

Page 101: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Appeal Procedures for Access to Information

93

Annual Reports

The issuing of an annual report that details the num-ber of appeals filed, the number of appeals heard, thetype of case, and the final disposition is anothermechanism for promoting transparency and hasproven critical in establishing confidence in theCommission(er) and Tribunals. In some places, suchas the United Kingdom and Australia, these reportsare issued annually and laid before the House ofParliament. In Canada the report is submitted to theSpeaker of the Assembly, and in Connecticut all deci-sion, opinions and related matter are printed andmade available to the public at a reasonable cost.

Right to Further Appeal

As with most enforcement matters, the right to fur-ther appeal, beyond the Commission(er) or Tribunaldecision, varies depending on the jurisdiction and thescope and powers of the adjudicating body. In theUnited States, both the appellant and the agency

have the right to further appeal. In Thailand andMexico, the decision of the Information DisclosureBoard is binding on the public authority, thus remov-ing the possibility for further appeal. However, ifthere is an adverse decision against the citizen, he orshe may appeal to the judicial court system

Conclusion

The objective of any intermediary body is to serveas a more accessible, affordable, user-friendly and

timely mechanism for resolving complaints. Theseprinciples should be foremost when crafting the pow-ers and procedures of the body, difficult proceduralrules or limited scope and powers will bind the pub-lic’s ability to fully exercise their right to information.As practice develops, it will become evident theeffect of overly stringent or ill-defined regulatory pro-visions and alternatives that allow for effective resolu-tion of cases should be considered.

Page 102: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency
Page 103: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

95

Enforcement Under the Jamaica Access to Information Act

Nancy Anderson

Roget’s II—The New Thesaurus —“Enforcement- to compel observance of;

implementation, to put into action”

Enforcement is a vital ingredient in most legislation. The Access to Information Act isan excellent example of this principle. Without

enforcement measures in the Act, the right to accesswould be only an illusory exercise, an idealistic aspira-tion. If citizens are not assured that they have aneffective mechanism to carry out their requests, theywill not use the opportunity provided by the Act.

Enforcement has at least two objectives, as set outabove in the quotation from Roget’s: to put intoaction and to compel observance. The implementa-tion and monitoring of the Act must be the role ofthe Access to Information Unit. The recent review ofthe Act undertaken by a Parliamentary Committeehas generated submissions from several bodies, NGOsand government departments and agencies. Nearly allof the NGOs, as well as the Access to InformationAssociation of Administrators (AITAA), have calledfor the strengthening of the ATI Unit. Some havealso suggested that the Act be amended to includethe Unit in its substance.

The monitoring of the performance of agenciesunder the Act has been neglected and this has contributed to the inconsistency of implementationacross public authorities. Enforcement demands theproper monitoring of the use of the Act, training of public officials, improving record management and public education to raise awareness concerningthe Act.

While this is an area of enforcement that requiresaction, it is however, not the area of consideration in

this paper, rather my focus will be the mechanisms tocompel observance. While there are different modelsfor enforcement of the right to information legislationaround the world, all models that are successful, havereview bodies that are:

• Accessible

• Affordable

• Timely

• Independent, and

• Specialist.1

The Carter Center in its submissions to theParliamentary Committee reviewing the Act, inMarch, 2006, states:

“The enforcement mechanisms of any access toinformation law are crucial to the ultimate success of

1 See, “Mechanisms for Monitoring and Enforcing the Right toInformation Around the World,” Neuman, L., Access to Information:Building a Culture of Transparency, ed. Neuman, L., The Carter Center2006.

Page 104: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

96

the new transparency regime. If enforcement mechanisms are weak or ineffectual it can lead toarbitrary denials of information or ignoring of request.And if applicants believe that there is no effectivemechanism for review, they will lose confidence intheir right to access to information. Thus, some independent external review mechanism is critical to the law’s overall effectiveness.”

The Current Enforcement Model in Jamaica

The Access to Information Act sets out both aninternal review process and an appeal process.

Although it does not make specific provision for an appeal to the Courts, the use of judicial reviewproceedings is not excluded and therefore also mustbe considered in any dissertation on enforcement.The enforcement mechanisms are to be approachedin stages beginning with the internal review, then theappeal and in certain circumstances, judicial review.

Part V of the Act sets out the provisions onReview and Appeal and is so named. Section 29interprets “relevant decision” within these provisionsas a decision referred to in section 30 (1) or (2).These two processes are therefore limited to the decisions set out in these subsections; they are:

• Refusing to grant access to a document;

• Granting of access only to some of the documentspecified in an application;

• Deferring the grant of access to the document;

• Charging a fee for action taken or as to theamount of the fee;

• Refusing to amend or annotate a personal record.

It is immediately seen that there are decisions that are neither subject to internal review nor appeal,including transferring an application from oneMinistry or agency to another and issuing a certificateto the effect that a document is an exempt document,under section 23.

Internal Review

The review process is called “Internal Review” in the Act. The procedures with respect to the internalreview are set out in sections 30 and 31 of the Act.Below is a brief description of areas relevant to internal review:

Subject Matter: The relevant decisions that can bereviewed are listed above. In addition, the failure tomake any decision, to just ignore the application, isdeemed a refusal after the time limits have passed and can be the subject of an internal review.

Condition: Internal review is only possible wherethe initial appealable decision was taken by a personother than the responsible Minister, a PermanentSecretary or the principal officer of the public authority concerned. If one of these more senior officers made the initial decision, then the applicantmust go directly to the Appeals Tribunal, rather than internal review.

Review Official: On internal review, the responsibleMinister is the review official with respect to docu-ments affecting security, defence or international relations, Cabinet documents, documents relating to law enforcement, subject to legal privilege andaffecting national economy. In any other case, thereview official is the Permanent Secretary in the relevant Ministry or the principal officer of the public authority.

Powers of the Review Official: The official who conducts the review may take any decision in relationto the application which could have been taken onan original application, and must make that decisionwithin 30 days of receipt of the application for thereview. The review official can transfer the applica-tion to another Ministry or public authority, grantaccess to all or some of the documents requested oruphold the refusal.

Timeframe: The application for an internal reviewmust be made within 30 days of the date of notifica-tion of the decision on the initial application (whichby law must occur within 30 days, with the possibilityof a maximum 30 day extension for reasonable cause)

Page 105: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Enforcement under the Jamaica Access to Information Act

97

or where no notification is given within 30 days ofthe expiration of the period allowed for the decision.

Appeals

Section 32 and the Second Schedule to the Act setout the legislative framework for appeals to theAppeal Tribunal under the Access to InformationAct. There are five members of the Tribunal appoint-ed by the Governor-General after consultation withthe Prime Minister and the Leader of the Opposition.The Governor-General appoints the chairman. Themembers hold office for a period of five years and areeligible for re-appointment.

An appeal can be lodged:

• Against a decision taken on internal review;

• Where no internal review has been conductedafter a period of thirty days from receipt of theapplication for internal review;

• Where there has been a refusal to grant access toa document or some of the documents requested;

• Where there has been a deference of the grant of access;

• Where there has been a refusal to make anamendment or annotation of a personal record.

Timeframe: An appeal must be lodged within 60days of the decision, whether on internal review orotherwise, or within 60 days of the expiration of theperiod required by the Act where no notification hasbeen given on the initial application. The Tribunal isgiven the power under section 32 (4) to extend theperiod for lodging an appeal, where it is satisfied thatthe appellant’s delay is not unreasonable.

Procedures (Pre-hearing): The Second Schedule of the Act gives the Tribunal the power to regulate its own proceedings. Rules cited as the Access toInformation (Appeal Tribunal) Rules were gazettedon August 11, 2005.

These rules have set out the mechanisms forrequesting an appeal and preparing for the hearingbefore the Appeals Tribunal. For example, the

appeal must be made to the Appeals Tribunal using aspecific form, which in practice is very unfriendly andcomplex for an ordinary citizen to complete. It asksthe appellant to set out challenges to the findings of factand of law, the grounds of appeal, to list relevant docu-ments and correspondence and the names of witnesses.Several of the submissions to the ParliamentaryReview Committee addressed this issue. Their suggestions will be considered in the section onProblems, Challenges and Reforms.

Upon receipt of a notice of appeal, the AppealTribunal shall acknowledge receipt of the appeal and issue copies of the notice to the public authoritywhose decision is being appealed. The Tribunal is to fix a date, time and place for the hearing of the appeal and serve the notice of hearing on the parties not less than fourteen days before the date of the hearing.

Lists of documents on which a party intends to relyare to be provided at least ten days before the date ofthe hearing and each party may inspect the docu-ments included in the other party’s list. The Tribunalcan also require the parties to supply any additionalinformation or documents relating to the appeal theTribunal thinks fit.

The appellant is entitled to appear in personand/or to be represented at the hearing by an attorneyat-law. Witnesses can be called at the hearing, andaffidavit evidence is permissible. The evidence givenby affidavit can relate to the whole case or to any par-ticular fact or facts. Any affidavit to be relied on mustbe delivered to the Tribunal not less than ten daysbefore the hearing date. Any party may require theattendance of the person who has sworn the affidavitfor the purpose of giving oral evidence, unless theTribunal is satisfied that the evidence in the affidavitis purely formal and requiring the attendance of theperson is only made to cause delay in the proceedings.

The Tribunal retains any documents and affidavitsdelivered to it with respect to the hearing of theappeal. Rule 22 also gives the Tribunal the power toorder any documents used at a hearing to be retainedby it “until the time for appealing the decision has

Page 106: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

98

expired”. This is an extraordinary statement in Rule22, as there is no further appeal procedure in the Actand judicial review is not mentioned.

The Tribunal also is empowered to adjourn a hearing and set another date on its own motion or on the application of any party. Unusually, there is areference related to costs in the terms on the adjourn-ment. Hopefully, costs will not be awarded against acitizen who is appealing the refusal of access.

Rule 23 allows for the consolidation of appeals inthe following circumstances:

a. the facts are similar in two or more appeals;

b. it is convenient for the parties;

c. there is a common issue in the appeals of law or fact;

d. no prejudice will result; and

e. notice is given to all parties.

An appellant may at any time while an appeal ispending withdraw the appeal by sending a Notice ofWithdrawal, signed by the appellant, to the Tribunal.The Tribunal then is to inform the other parties ofthe withdrawal.

The Hearings: The hearings are to be held in publicat any place and time, as determined by the Tribunal.The frequency and regularity of the hearings hascaused some concern and the Tribunal has been urgedto set monthly sittings that appellants and their attor-neys can better plan and prepare for the hearings.

At the hearing of the appeal, the Tribunal is toenquire into the grounds of appeal and may:

a. hear evidence from the parties and any witnessas well as consider an affidavit evidence;

b. seek the advice of any person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal is able to assist it in its deliberations.

There have been very few appeal hearings to date,only three are known by this author, from which todraw any precedents concerning the actual procedure

at the hearings. The experience this far has been that the hearing resembles a court setting and theprocedures follow those of a formal court.

Notes are to be taken of the proceedings before the Tribunal. Rule 18 states that any party who hasappeared in the proceedings shall be entitled toinspect the original or a copy of the notes of the proceedings. While this is limited to a party who hasappeared, hopefully a party to an appeal who has notappeared will also be entitled to inspect and receive a copy of the Notes. The Notes are a document towhich access should be granted under the Act. Rule18 also states that a copy of the Notes can be receivedon payment of such charges as may, from time totime, be prescribed under the Act for the reproductionof official documents.

The Rules give the Tribunal the power upon proofof service, to proceed in the absence of any or all ofthe parties to the appeal. The party or parties whowere absent can apply to the Tribunal to reconsiderthe appeal provided the application is made withinone month of the decision of the Tribunal. On thehearing of this application, the Tribunal may grantthe application with conditions, including costs, makeany decision it could have made on the hearing oramend, vary, add to or reverse its findings or orderoriginally made. While the time period of one monthmay seem restrictive, the Tribunal has the powerunder Rule 21, to extend the time for doing anythingunder the Rules.

Rule 24 gives the Tribunal the power to dismiss anappeal if it decides that it is unfounded and frivolousor vexatious. In making its decision under this Rule,the Tribunal is to consider the nature of any injusticeor abuse of administrative process. It is to considerthe nature, content, language or subject matter of therequest or appeal, any other requests or appeals by thesame party and other verbal or written communica-tions by the party to the agency or anyone in theagency. The necessity for this rule is doubtful and the use of it must be closely monitored.

On the hearing of an appeal, section 32 (5) placesthe onus of proving that the decision by the public

Page 107: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Enforcement under the Jamaica Access to Information Act

99

authority was justified or that a decision adverse tothe appellant should be made by the Tribunal on thepublic authority. In other words, the burden of prooflies with the government.

Powers of the Tribunal: Some of the powers of theAppeal Tribunal have already been set out. This sec-tion concerns the decisions of the Tribunal. The Actconveys the power to the Tribunal to make any deci-sion which could have been made on the originalapplication. However, the powers are limited in thatthe Tribunal cannot nullify a conclusive certificateissued by the Prime Minister or a responsible ministerthat a document is exempt from release.

The Tribunal also isgiven powers to call forand inspect an exemptdocument, presumablyincluding documentsexempted by Ministerialcertificate. The sub-sectionmandates the Tribunal totake steps to ensure thatthe document is onlyinspected by members ofits staff. This sub-section iscurious in at least two respects: it is unclear why theTribunal would be looking at the exempt document atall as it has no power to nullify the issuance of thecertificate exempting it and it presupposes that theTribunal has a staff.

Decisions: The decisions of the Tribunal are to bein writing and published in the Gazette or in a dailynewspaper. The parties to the appeal are to be sent acopy of the written decision not later than 21 daysafter the decision.

Review and Appeals to Date

The number of internal reviews that have takenplace to date under the Act are unknown, but it

is estimated that there have been many. The appealslodged with the Tribunal in nearly every case wouldbe taken after an internal review had failed to secureaccess to the document requested.

As of May 2006, the Appeal Tribunal has heardand determined three appeals. Several other appealsare pending, so many in fact that the Tribunal is currently setting dates for August and September for the hearings of these appeals.

The Appeal Tribunal met in October 2005 to hear the first three appeals, and have not heard anyappeals since. The appellant in all three cases wasSusan Goffe and the respondents were The Office of the Prime Minister and the Bank of Jamaica (twoappeals). The decisions of the Tribunal were handeddown in one document dated December 7, 2005.

In the appeal against The Office of The PrimeMinister, the appellanthad requested theaccounts of the final costsfor the government dele-gation to a conference inMalaysia in 2003. Therequest had been made tothe Ministry of Financewho transferred it to theOffice of the PrimeMinister. That Officeinformed the appellant

that compliance with the request required extensiveresearch from other Ministries, two of which had notyet been brought under the Act and denied access to any documents.

The duty of a public authority in a situation wherethe information sought is not to be found in any onedocument in the possession of the particular Ministrybut in a number of documents and in a number ofMinistries was considered. The Tribunal held thatthere was no duty, obligation or legal power on a ministry to extract documents from another ministryand to ensure that those documents were completeand correct so as to pass on to the applicant the information requested, but that there was a duty tosend any documents in that ministry’s possession tothe applicant and to transfer or pass on the request to the other ministries.

The Act conveys the power to the Tribunal to make any decision which could have been made on the original application. However, the powers are

limited in that the Tribunal cannot nullify a conclusive certificate …

Page 108: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

100

Concessions were made on both sides during thehearing and the Tribunal treated the appeal as havingbeen settled. It ordered the respondent to provideaccess to such documentary information as it had inits possession and to transfer the request to the otherministries. The appellant was granted liberty to referthe matter back to the tribunal if she was not fullyprovided with all the relevant documents.

The second appeal, and the first one broughtagainst the Bank of Jamaica, centered around theissue as to whether a public authority in receipt of arequest while not yet under the Act was obliged toanswer the request once it was brought under theAct. The Tribunal held that institutions could not be retroactively liable for the non-fulfillment of obligations arising prior to their being brought underthe Act. This situation can not occur again as allministries and agencies are now under the Act, but was important in providing guidance for other pending requests.

The final appeal arose from a request for the minutes of the meeting of the Board of Directors ofthe Bank of Jamaica at which a decision was taken topurchase a property. The Bank sent the appellant adocument headed “Extract from Minutes of BoardMeeting….” with a subhead relating to administrativematters and an extract of the minutes from that sec-tion which was obviously not the whole of the section.

The appellant requested an internal review and theBank responded reaffirming its position that it hadcomplied with the request. The appellant appealed.The Bank argued that the minutes of Board Meetingsprimarily dealt with matters which were expresslyexempted under the Act and that it had compliedwith the request. Counsel for the appellant arguedthat minutes of the Bank’s Board meetings were notexpressly exempted and the law specifically set outthe way in which exempted matters should be dealtwith- access should be granted to the document with the exempt matter deleted therefrom. He alsoargued that it was not for the respondent to deter-mine the limits of what could be considered relevant to the request.

The Tribunal in allowing the appeal, and directingthe Bank to deliver a copy of the minutes to theappellant, held:

• The law gives the public the right to see documents that are not specifically exemptedand to obtain information that does not come within what the Act has declared to be exempted matter;

• As the appellant is not required to give any reason for requesting access to a document, thefact that the request refers to a specific item in a document does not limit the public authority’sobligation to one of disclosing only those portions of the document that specifically refer thereto, the public authority must disclose all of the document;

• The public authority is however permitted todelete all the matters in a document which areexempted by the Act or any other legislation.

These appeals have set precedents that can be used as guidance for public authorities as well as for other appeals.

Judicial Review

Judicial review allows the Court to supervise the activities of public bodies, including appeal

tribunals. It brings to the judicial forum the consider-ation of the exercise of power and decision-makingwithin Executive bodies and public authorities andenjoys an increasing prominence in the Jamaicanlegal system.

The decisions of the Appeals Tribunal can be thesubject of judicial review, as may the decisions toexempt certain documents and the application of thepublic interest test under the Act. The principleswhich apply to judicial review are applicable includ-ing natural justice, illegality, unreasonableness andprocedural impropriety.

The Bank of Jamaica had indicated that it wouldbe taking the decision of the Tribunal concerning thedisclosure of the Minutes of the Meeting of its Board

Page 109: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Enforcement under the Jamaica Access to Information Act

101

to the court for judicial review. However, the time toapply for leave has expired and there has been noinformation to confirm that the application has infact been filed.

The modern process of judicial review is set out inPart 56 of the Civil Procedure Rules—AdministrativeLaw—and is a two-staged process with time limita-tions that must be carefully followed. The following isa concise summary of the basics in the Rules:

Who May Apply: Anyone who has a sufficientinterest in the subject matter of the application, such as:

• One who has been adversely affected by thedecision which is the subject of the application

• Any body or group acting on behalf of a personwho could apply because they were adverselyaffected by the decision

• Any body or group representing members whomay have been adversely affected by the decision

• Any body or group that can show that the mat-ter is of public interest and that the body orgroup possesses expertise in the subject matter ofthe application

• Any body or group who has the constitutionalright to be heard

Time Limits: A person wishing to apply for judicialreview must first obtain leave by filing an applicationpromptly, but in any case must do so within threemonths from the date when grounds for the applica-tion first arose. The court can extend this time periodif good cause is shown. Leave is conditional on theapplicant making a claim for judicial review within 14days of receipt of the order granting leave.

Relief: The court may award any of the following:

• Certiorari, for quashing unlawful acts;

• Prohibition, for prohibiting unlawful acts;

• Mandamus, for requiring performance of a publicduty, including a duty to make a decision ordetermination or to hear and determine any case;

• An injunction;

• Damages;

• Restitution;

• An order for return of property.

Problems, Challenges, and Proposed Reforms

In early 2006, Parliament established a joint selectcommittee to review the Act. Submissions have

been made to this Committee by several organizationsand agencies. Many of the problems and challengesconcerning the implementation and enforcement ofthe Act have been enumerated in these submissions.

Many of the submissions focused on the function-ing of the Appeal Tribunal. For instance, neither theAct nor the Rules reference the establishment of aSecretariat for the Tribunal. Presently the secretariatfor the Tribunal is housed in the Office of the PrimeMinister where the current ATI Unit is also operat-ing. This vacuity has resulted in delays in theacknowledgement of the receipt of appeals as well asdelays in the hearing of appeals. The submissionsfrom Jamaica Environment Trust outlined their expe-rience with appeals they lodged, including examplesof the inefficiency caused by the lack of a properlyresourced and functioning secretariat for the Tribunal.Also there are concerns about the “appearance” ofbias when the secretariat is so close to a respondent(ie both in the Office of the Prime Minister), as hasalready happened in one of the appeals referred toabove. The Tribunal needs to assure its independenceby having its own secretariat outside of any govern-ment ministry.

The ATI Act is designed to make it as easy as pos-sible for ordinary citizens to request documents. TheAppeal process should similarly be designed to makeit as easy as possible for citizens to ask the Tribunal toconsider a refusal of their request, guided by the fiveprinciples mentioned above. The Rules as presentlypromulgated are neither effective nor user-friendly.

For example, the mandatory forms which must beused to request an appeal are very complex for an

Page 110: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

102

ordinary citizen to complete and can lead to severelylimited access to the Tribunal. To ask the appellant toset out the challenges to findings of fact and of thelaw and grounds of appeal are too legalistic for theaverage person. A friendlier Notice is more withinthe objectives of the Act.

The Notice need only contain the following information:

• Name and address of the appellant;

• An address for service of notices and other documents on the appellant;

• The name andaddress of the publicauthority to whomthe request was made;

• Particulars of therequesteddocument(s);

• Particulars of thedecision by the rele-vant public authority;

• Particulars of the decision on internal review;

• A list of relevant documents or correspondence(if any);

• Any request for an early hearing of the appealand the reasons for that request (if needed);

• Name and address of any legal representative.

There is no need for the following to be in the Notice

of Appeal:

• The legal basis for the appeal;

• Specification of the power which the Tribunalis being asked to exercise.

Grounds of Appeal: The onus is on the PublicAuthority to prove that the relevant decision was justified.

In short, an appeal should be received and heard once it is in writing, even if not in the prescribed form.

There should be a time frame for acknowledgementof the receipt of the notice of appeal, such as 2 to 3days. And again a time frame is suggested for the setting of a date for the appeal, such as within 14days. At present, the Tribunal does not appear to be sitting on any regular basis. Setting dates for thehearing of appeals in a timely manner with some

measure of predictabilityrequires the Tribunal to sit on specific dates permonth, for example everysecond and fourth Tuesday.

Rule 16 states that theTribunal’s decision shall bein writing and should besent to the parties notlater than 21 days after thedecision, but fails to set atime limit for the decisionafter the hearing of theappeal. In The Right to

Information Act, 2005 in India, section 19 (6) statesthat an appeal “shall be disposed of within thirtydates of the receipt of the appeal or within suchextended period not exceeding a total of forty-fivedays from the date of filing thereof.” There are noreasons why such a timetable can not be set inJamaica as well.

The Rules state that the decisions of the Tribunalare to be published in the Gazette or in a daily news-paper circulating in Jamaica. The decisions in theappeals that were heard and determined in December,2005 have still not been published in the Gazette orin a daily newspaper. This should also be subject to atime limit so that the public, and public authorities,can know what has been decided by the Tribunal.

Rule 7 requests lists of documents on which eachparty proposes to rely when this has already beenasked for on the Notice. If the Notice were made

The ATI Act is designed to make it as easy as possible for ordinary citizens torequest documents. The Appeal processshould similarly be designed to make it

as easy as possible for citizens to ask the Tribunal to consider a refusal

of their request.

Page 111: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Enforcement under the Jamaica Access to Information Act

103

friendlier as suggested, then maybe this Rule would benecessary. The exchange of documents and copies tobe provided could be much deal with much easier bythe Secretariat of the Tribunal.

Based on the Rules, the Tribunal may hear anappeal in the absence of any or all of the parties. Thiscould deny a citizen the right to present his case tothe Tribunal, and as such should be tightened up withprovisions for service, time for service and provisionsfor the Secretariat to contact appellants and publicauthorities before hearings.

The issue of costs is another matter which meritsfurther consideration. As discussed above, the requestfor re-hearing could attract costs and the sectionregarding adjournments also speaks of costs. The CivilProcedure Rules for the Supreme Court at Rule 56:15(5) states : “ the general rule is that no order for costsmay be made against an applicant for an administra-tive order unless the court considered that the appli-cant has acted unreasonably in making the applica-tion or in the conduct of the application.” Costs aretherefore inappropriate in these Rules as well.

Rule 18 speaks to the right of parties to inspect andobtain a copy of the notes of appeal, but makes noreference to the public at large having a right torequest a copy of the notes. This matter came to lighton a request made for the notes by a non-party appli-cant; the applicant was told she was not entitled tothem. It can not be in the spirit of the ATI Act torefuse access to these notes.

The Rules provide the Tribunal the power to dis-miss an appeal when they consider the appeal frivo-lous, but does not give the appellant a right to beheard before his appeal is dismissed. In accordancewith the rules of natural justice, this should beamended.

Moreover, the Rules fail to deal with several mat-ters of importance:

• Mediation;

• Directions;

• Service of documents by fax; and

• Issues related to transfer of requests.

Mediation is an opportunity for an applicant and apublic authority to try to negotiate a settlement oftheir dispute with a neutral third party’s assistance.The mediator is trained not to tell the parties what todo or decide the case, but to help the parties to arriveat an agreement. If an agreement is reached, the par-ties will sign a written agreement and the appeal canbe withdrawn. If no agreement is reached after media-tion, the appeal can proceed. Even if an agreement isnot reached, mediation often narrows the issues forhearing by the Tribunal. Mediation can be mandatoryor the Chairperson of the Tribunal can be given thepower to decide that the case should go to mediationbefore the hearing.

Powers should be given to the Tribunal at the firsthearing of an appeal to give directions that will facili-tate the proper conduct of the hearing; such asexchange of documents, number of witnesses to becalled, admission of facts and determination of theissues that are to be decided by the Tribunal.

Technology has provided an easy, sure and inex-pensive way to service documents – facsimile. Thismethod of service should be allowed in the Rules.

No where in the three sections dealing withInternal Review and Appeals is the right to an inter-nal review or an appeal allowed where a publicauthority transfers an application. In some cases, anapplicant has a belief or actual knowledge that thedocument he seeks access to, is in fact with theauthority to whom the application has been addressedand the transfer therefore amounts to a refusal. Inother cases the transfer has been made to a publicauthority that does not hold the document. Theapplicant presently has no right to contest the trans-fer to another authority nor to which other authority.This should be included to enhance the enforcementof the Act.

Finally, the appointment of the members of theTribunal, limitations on their terms of office and theemployment of a least one permanent member arealso matters of concern that must be addressed.

Page 112: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

104

Conclusion

Access to information legislation is essential inthe establishment of a framework of open gover-

nance. Eternal vigilance is the price we must pay. Theright to access to information must be enforced. The

law needs to have teeth, in order to take bites - bigbites - out the bureaucratic culture of secrecy. But atthe same time the enforcement mechanisms should bedesigned with the user in mind, so that all personshave equal access to justice and information.

Page 113: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

105

Aright to access environmental information is a central tool to promote democraticaccountability and transparency in decision-

making on the environment. Without the recognitionand implementation of this right in domestic law, citizens will have very few mechanisms to understandand participate meaningfully in government determi-nations that affect the environment, their communi-ties and their lives. The development of specific legalrules that govern access to environmental informationis significant as frequently there is no voice for thequality of the environment in dialogues where thegovernment is constrained or pressured to act in theinterest of economic short term gains. It may beargued that environmental protection if seen as a co-operative process between the State and its citizens requires even greater public participation,consultation, dialogue and access to information than any other area of governance.

Development of a right to environmental informa-tion has emerged in a number of International andregional legally binding agreements foremost of whichis the European Directive on Freedom of Access toEnvironmental Information (1990), the AarhusConvention on Access to Information, PublicParticipation in Decision-Making, and Access toJustice in Environmental Matters in the EuropeanCommission. In a number of developing countries inthe Caribbean the introduction of laws to increase

The Right to Environmental InformationCarole Excell

“Degraded forests, polluted rivers, and dying coral reefs around the world frequently reflect the flawed process of environmental decision-making, which lacks transparency,

inclusiveness, and accountable decision-making over natural resources …Plans to exploit natural resources without the input of local inhabitants all too often enrich just a

few but dispossess the larger community and disrupt ecosystems.”

World Resources 2002-2004: Decisions for the Earth1

transparency and prevent corruption have included a general right of access to information, which has resulted in increased access to environmentalinformation with corresponding benefits.

Development of a Right toEnvironmental Information inInternational Law

The development of a right to access environmen-tal information in international law has been

linked to the increasing recognition to person’s funda-mental right to a clean and healthy environment.The right to access environmental information goesto the heart of a State’s obligation to make responsi-ble decisions that promote sustainable developmentand create a healthy environment “of a quality thatpermits a life of dignity and well-being.”2 Without aright to environmental information, the right to ahealthy environment, the proper utilisation of naturalresources and provision of minimum standards ofenvironmental health cannot be monitored, orenforced by an informed citizenry.

1 World Resources Institute 2002-2004 : Decisions for the Earth: Balance, voice and power 2003, ISBN: 1-56973-532-8 United NationsDevelopment Programme, United Nations Environment Programme,World Bank, World Resources Institute Commentary by Mark MallochBrown, Klaus Toepfer, Ian Johnson, and Jonathan Lash.

2 Aarhus Convention Preamble.

Page 114: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

106

The right to access environmental information isnew in the development of international norms. Thisright has been described as a part of the “growinginter-connectedness between the fields of humanrights and environmental protection”3 where proce-dural rights are recognised to promote environmentalprotection, and its genesistraced to the recognition of States’ obligations toexchange scientific infor-mation and as a perquisiteto notify States of acci-dents and emergencies andhazardous activities.4 Theobligation has also mani-fested itself as a duty of theState to consult the publicas a precondition to publicparticipation in environ-ment and developmentdecisions and provide information on activities ormeasures that adversely affect the environment (envi-ronmental impact assessments).5 The authors Sunkin,Wight, Ong (2001) see the development of the rightto access environmental information as part of anevolving legal regime between States, and with Statesand their citizenry.6 They articulate these develop-ments as States having a duty to inform and consultcitizens and allow their participation in local environ-mental decision-making and the recognition of theduty of due diligence in rules related to State respon-sibility and liability for transboundary environmentaldamage with requirements for notification and con-sultation. Determining whether the right to accessenvironmental information may be said to be a cus-tomary right under international law will depend onthe continued evolution of state practice and accept-ance of this right by States.7

The 1972 Stockholm Declaration, Agenda 21 andthe 1992 Rio Declaration articulate the growth andscope of the right to access environmental informa-tion. They also speak to its functionality in the

achievement of sustainable development.8 Principle 2of the Stockholm Declaration is one of the first decla-rations by the international community of the need toprovide access to information through facilitation ofexchange of information that encourages “the freeflow of up to date scientific information and transfer

of experience” amongststates. Agenda 21 Chapter40 Section II speaks tothis perspective on theright to environmentalinformation in (s.23) bystating, “individuals,groups and organisationsshould have access toinformation relevant toenvironment and devel-opment held by publicauthorities.” Principle 10of the Rio Declaration on

Environment and Development crystallized this prin-ciple by providing for a mandatory right of access “Atthe national level, each individual shall have appro-priate access to information concerning the environ-ment that is held by public authorities, includinginformation on hazardous materials and activities intheir communities, and the opportunity to participatein decision-making processes.” Finally the right toaccess information is also incorporated in Article 12of the IUCN Draft Covenant and Draft Principles onHuman Rights and Environment in terms of a humanright9 and the Draft Principles on Human Rights and

“At the national level, each individual shall have appropriate access to information

concerning the environment that is held by public authorities, including information

on hazardous materials and activities in their communities, and the opportunity toparticipate in decision-making processes.”

3 Meeting Of Experts On Human Rights And The Environment14-15January 2002 (UN- OHCHR) note 4.

4 e.g. Seveso accident and Chernobyl Incident.

5 The World Charter for Nature 1982.

6 see fn8, above.

7 Sunkin, Maurice, Ong David, Wight Robert Source Book onEnvironmental Law, Cavendish publishing 2001.

8 The sustainable development concept is described in many ways, butrests on the interweaving of economic, environmental and social consid-erations on equal footing and bearing in mind the principles of inter andintra-generational equity in decision making on all three.

9 IUCN Environmental Policy and Law Paper No. 31 Rev.2 (2004)

Page 115: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

The Right to Environmental Information

107

Environment. These outline the principle that “Allpersons have the right to information concerning theenvironment. This includes information, howsoevercompiled, on actions and courses of conduct that mayaffect the environment and information necessary toenable effective public participation in environmentaldecision-making. The information shall be timely,clear, understandable and available without unduefinancial burden to the applicant…all persons have the right to hold and express opinions and to disseminate ideas and information regarding the environment.”10

In addition to the myriad of declarations describedabove, there also currently exist a number of treatyrights from which environmental rights are derived.(Birnie and Boyle (1992) 192). Together, these legallybinding conventions and regional agreements provideconcrete provisions relating to the obligation to pro-vide access to environmental information that haveshown support for the development of a holistic pro-cedural right to environmental information at inter-national law. These include, to name a few, the ECEConvention on Environmental Impact Assessment ina Transboundary Context (ESPOO Convention1990), Ospar Convention 1992, The Convention forthe Protection of the Marine Environment of NorthEast Atlantic (Lugano Convention 1993), theRotterdam Convention on the Prior InformedConsent Procedure for Certain Hazardous Chemicalsand Pesticides in International Trade (September 10,1998) and Convention on Persistent OrganicPollutants (Stockholm, May 22, 2001). In eachinstrument from as early as 1990 the existence of anobligation to provide access is framed in a differentway. Some of the most prevalent features are obliga-tions on the state to:

1. Respond to requests from natural or legal persons, with no interest needing to be provenfor provision of access

2. Respond within a specific time frame

3. Disseminate information

4. Ground a refusal on an exception and provide areason for refusal to the applicant.

In none of the Conventions for which this obliga-tion is espoused is there provided an absolute right toaccess environmental information and exemptions areprovided under the Conventions both in mandatoryand discretionary terms. It is clear that this obligationhas not developed in a linear manner and provisionsfor access have varied in scope.

The Aarhus Convention on Access toInformation, Public Participation inDecision-Making and Access to Justice

The Aarhus Convention on Access toInformation, Public Participation in Decision-

Making and Access to Justice in EnvironmentalMatters is recognised as the most comprehensiveinternational environmental law agreement that out-lines the right to environmental information. It hasbeen described as “a giant step forward in the devel-opment of international law.”11 The Preamble recog-

10 (16 May 1994) International Program Sierra Club Legal Defense Fund.

11 The Aarhus Convention: an implementation Guide UNEP—http://www.unece.org/env/pp/acig.pdf

Page 116: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

108

nizes the intricate role of each individual in the pro-tection of the environment and their role to ensureits improvement by providing that “every person hasthe right to live in an environment adequate to his orher health and well-being, and the duty, both individ-ually and in association with others, to protect andimprove the environment for the benefit of presentand future generations… to be able to assert the rightand observe the duty, citizens must have access toinformation, be entitled to participate in decision-making and have access to justice in environmentalmatters.”

The Convention was developed under the auspicesof the Economic Commission for Europe and enteredinto force in October 2001. Members of the ECE con-sist of all of Europe, USA, Canada, Central Asia andrepublics of the former Soviet Union. Currently it hasthirty-nine (39) parties, with provisions to allow oth-ers to accede.

The objectives of the Convention are “the protec-tion of the right of every person of present and futuregenerations to live in an environment adequate to hisor her health and well being through the guarantee ofthe right of access to information, public participationin decision making and access to justice in environ-mental matters.” Parties must also provide informa-tion that facilitates requests by providing the type andscope of information held and the procedure to obtainit. The negotiators of the Convention were far sight-ed as the Convention mandates broader considera-tions for the provision of information in nationalstates through active information dissemination tothe public including information on controversialissues like genetically modified organisms.

Operationalising the Convention

The Convention includes a binding obligation onparties to not only respond to requests but to collectand publicly disseminate information (Article 4-5).Parties have to prepare a report on the state of theenvironment within a defined period and disseminatelegislative and other policy documents and establishdomestic provisions that allow the public to obtain

information on proposed and existing activities,which could significantly affect the environment. TheConvention requires the parties to keep and updatesuch information through “an adequate flow” of infor-mation. This includes making information availableby electronic databases, and explanatory materials.Information on the state of the environment must beprovided and legislation, international treaties andother significant documents should be disseminated.In addition, each party is required to “take steps toprogressively establish” a system of pollution invento-ries or registers on a structured computerized and pub-licly accessible database.

The Convention applies both to public authoritieshaving functions related to the environment and anyother natural or legal persons having such publicresponsibilities under the control of such body or per-son at a national, regional or other level. TheConvention sets a limit of one month for a responseto an inquiry and no interest has to be proven to gainaccess to the information. The ‘public concerned’ isdefined as the public effected or likely to be effectedor having an interest in the environmental decision-making. Non Governmental Organisations are alsodeemed to have an interest. Any refusal to provideinformation must be in writing with reasons providedfor the refusal. Reasonable fees may be charged forgiving access to information.

Convention Framework

The right of access to environmental information isconferred in article 4 and public authorities arerequired to respond to a request for environmentalinformation within the framework of national legisla-tion without an interest having to be stated within aspecific time frame subject to the exemptions. Article9 requires parties through national legislation to facil-itate the right of the public to have access to a reviewprocedure once information has been refused eitherbefore a court of law or other independent body. Thisarticle also creates practical requirements includingthe need for Parties to ensure that there is an expedi-tious procedure established by law to review decisions

Page 117: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

The Right to Environmental Information

109

taken by public bodies and that the review is inex-pensive. The obligation to provide access is notabsolute but subject to a number of exemptions.

The Convention creates eleven grounds for a pub-lic authority to refuse a grant of information. Theexemptions are written in more specific language thanin a number of other earlier sectoral environmentalagreements. Qualifiers are included which limit theapplication of the exemptions, including considera-tion of the public interest in disclosure of the infor-mation particularly in relation to emissions affectingthe environment. Commendably there also are arti-cles governing severance, where exempt informationcan be deleted and non-exempt released and eachState is allowed to provide broader rights of access toinformation than those contained in the Convention.

The Convention is a progressive development at international law, as the objective and content of the Aarhus Convention clearly provides the mech-anisms for development of a right within nationaljurisdictions.

A Right to EnvironmentalInformation in Jamaica

Since the early 1960s, the Jamaican Governmenthas created a number of pieces of new environ-

mental legislation to ensure the proper utilisation ofJamaica’s natural resources. Legislation has createdstatutory boards and public officials with directresponsibility for the management, monitoring andprotection of the environment. Chief among theseincludes Natural Resources Conservation Authority,The Town and Country Planning Authority ofJamaica, the Conservator of Forests, the Director ofFisheries, the Water Resources Authority, and theEnvironmental Health Department. A number ofgovernmental agencies that are not environmentalagencies are also of central importance to sustainabledevelopment decision-making including the utilitycompanies that regulate the provision of water, sani-tation and roads and port development and shippinge.g. the National Water Commission and the Port

Authority of Jamaica, and the agencies that promotedevelopment including Jamaica PromotionsCorporation (JAMPRO) and the UrbanDevelopment Commission.

These statutory bodies, departments and officialshave wide ranging discretion and powers to makedecisions to protect or seriously impact the environ-ment, review development proposals, require the sub-mission of environmental impact assessments, controlair, land and water quality and manage naturalresources. Few of the statutory instruments that existhowever contain adequate legal provisions that allowfor, and promote public participation or consultationto the public before decisions are made or prior to theinitiation of new legislation or policies12 or that givethe public the power to appeal the decisions of theseauthorities. Legislative provisions that allow access toenvironmental information are also limited in themost part to the provision of information through reg-isters. The Natural Resources Conservation AuthorityRegulations 1996 contains an example and providesfor access to a register of permits for prescribed cate-gories of development. This register should provideaccess to all documents central to decision making onenvironmental permits. Although existing in the law,this has not created access to a user-friendly methodof determining how environmental decisions aremade and instead allows access to some documents onworking files that are filed in a registry without refer-ence to any standards of transparency in the decisionmaking process. Without the information on policydeterminations, the public is limited in any meaning-ful participation. A key criticism of environmentallegislation in Jamaica also is that it does not includespecific annual reporting requirements on the state or

12 A number of policies have been subject to national public consulta-tion, including the Beach Control Policy, Coastal Zone Policy, WatershedPolicy, and Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan. However this is not aspecific legal requirement to consult the public and supply backgrounddocuments and scientific studies that are the basis of these decisions or forany person to monitor the implementation of these policies and reportresults to the public.

Page 118: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

110

quality of the environment that has to be producedon an annual basis that is user friendly and easilyavailable to the public.13

Provision of a Legal Mechanism toPromote Transparency andAccountability

Legal frameworks governing access to informationat the national level have been founded in many

jurisdictions prior to the recognition of the right toenvironmental information at international law andin customary rules. For example, the right of publicaccess to official information in Sweden has contin-ued since 1766 and there are now over 60 countrieswith national access to information legislation.

Jamaica may be counted as one of the countrieswith a comprehensive access to information law—the Access to Information Act (ATI) 2002, that wasbrought into force in January 2004. This Act does notlimit access to environmental information but rathersees access to information as a broad human right inJamaica allowing for requests related to how decisionsare made at a national and local level, including inrelation to the environment. This may include infor-mation on how public and international funds arespent on the environment in Jamaica, how publicauthorities make regulatory, enforcement and permit-ting decisions and the manner in which priorities andprograms are implemented.

Terms of the Act

The Access to Information Act 2002 has beenapplied to all public authorities within the JamaicanGovernment since July 5, 2005. All environmentalagencies or agencies holding environmental informa-tion are currently under its jurisdiction. The Act con-fers a right to persons to access public documents.The objects of the legislation are to create a right toinformation that reinforces the system of constitu-tional democracy by promoting transparency,accountability and efforts to ensure public participa-tion in national decision-making. The Act allows all

persons to have access to documents from publicauthorities14 requested in a number of different formswhether it is a copy of the document or in other elec-tronic or visual and oral forms.15

In addition, the ATI Act calls for automatic publi-cation of certain official documents. Unfortunately, todate this publication scheme has not been fully imple-mented. However, once in place, these publicationschemes will likely provide insights as to how deci-sions are made that affect the environment and thegovernment priorities in spending.

The significance of this new right to information isslowly growing in the environmental movement, ascivil society realizes the benefits that this tool canoffer. A chasm exists in Jamaica between the citizenryand the arms of government responsible for carryingout its functions of policy development, permit andlicensing and enforcement of the laws governinghuman health, environmental protection and plan-ning. Citizens in general do not know what kind ofsignificant environmental and development decisionsare being made or how to get involved in the deci-sion-making process. The ATI Act has presented anopportunity to change the current landscape in whichdecisions are made in the field of the environment.

Significance for Environmentalists

For environmentalists, this has opened up the possi-bility to truly understand the manner in which politi-cal authority manifests itself in the management ofnatural resources. It allows scrutiny of the process thatgives effect to national and local policies that affect

13 In Jamaica there has been published the State of the EnvironmentReport, however this is published at the discretion of the public authori-ties as there is no legal requirement for it to be published or tabled inParliament on an annual or bi-annual basis. The last Report was for 2001and a new report is overdue. This is contrasted with the Forestry Act,which contains a provision to publish a Management Plan and update itwith a specific time frame.

14 Public Authorities have been defined in the Act (s.3) to include“Ministry, Department, executive Agency or other agency of Government,a statutory body or authority, parish council, government company thatthe government holds more that 50% shares.”

15 Document in the interpretation section of the Act (s.3) includes anymap, plan, graph, drawing, photograph, disc or electronic device, tape,sound track or film.

Page 119: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

The Right to Environmental Information

111

the environment and adds the element of accounta-bility and public participation into decision-making.

Environmental NGOs in Jamaica have alreadybegun to use this new right to make a case for changein environmental policies and practices. Requestshave been made in relation to: (1) A controversialhotel application for location in pristine coastal areasthat was a proposed protected area site, (2) informa-tion on an environmentallevy on plastic bottles thathas failed to be imple-mented in two years, (3)information on implemen-tation and enforcement offishing closed seasons, (4)information on air qualitytesting on the expansionof a bauxite plant, and (5)information on the properregulation and maintenance of sewage treatmentplants by the Government.

The right to access information is not absolute. Inthe first two years of the implementation of the Actthere have been a number of requests for environ-mental information which have been refused asfalling within one of the statutory exemptions,including on the basis that the information relates tothe opinions, advice or recommendations prepared forCabinet or a Cabinet Committee (which specificallyexcludes documents containing material of a purelyfactual nature or reports, studies, tests or surveys of ascientific or technical natured).16 There also has beendeferment of access; but the greatest challenge hasbeen the lack of response within the time period specified under the Act. And in one request, whichshould have been subject to the public interest test, the applicant was denied information without explanation.

Another challenge to access information in theenvironmental sector has been the state of readinessof the environmental agencies to implement the Act. This included the state of the Ministry of Landand Environment’s registry and record management

practices, the provision of assistance on requestswhich has sometimes been refused, and the changingrelationship between civil society and governmentwhen government agencies are challenged on themanner in which they make decisions through the use of their own records.17

It is not yet known whether the Act will be imple-mented in environmental agencies in the spirit of

openness enshrined in the Access to InformationActs objectives and in line with Internationalsoft law instruments suchas Agenda 21 and the RioDeclaration. The test willbe the response to individ-ual requests for informa-tion but also the generalopenness of individual

agencies holding relevant environmental informationto provide information to the public in different formsthrough their publication schemes, the issuance ofreports on the state of the environment, and generalprovision of information on decision-making includ-ing minutes of meetings and documentation relatingto new policies and programs.18

Nevertheless, under the ATI Act, a great amountof environmental has been obtained over the past twoyears. For example, there was information releasedabout the cause of death of dolphins held in captivityand information on the enforcement of the fishingseason. Access to information has enabled ordinaryindividuals and environmental NGOs to more

16 Request for information on the Government environmental levy wasrefused on the ground that all the document are being prepared to be sub-mitted to Parliament

17 The Ministry of Environment had to develop a registry and hire anaccess officer to respond to requests under the Act.

18 s4 of the Access to Information Act requires the provision of aPublication Scheme that must contain a statement of the documents thatare used by the Authority in making decisions or recommendations andthat affect individuals rights, privileges or benefits or to obligations penal-ties or detriments

It allows scrutiny of the process that giveseffect to national and local policies that

affect the environment and adds the elementof accountability and public participation

into decision-making.

Page 120: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

112

effectively participate in national and local decision-making on environmental issues in Jamaica. A newculture of active citizen participation and greater self-governance is being created through increasedaccess to information.

Conclusion

At the international level rules governing accessto environmental information are widespread

and accepted as a method to ensure pubic participa-tion in the process of implementing of domestic obligations. The requirement to exchange scientificinformation, consult with members of the public inthe implementation of obligations or provide notifica-tion of accidents or shipments of hazardous materialhas developed into rules that ensure the right of thepublic to access a broad spectrum of environmentalinformation. Minimum standards for the provision ofaccess have been developed for implementation byinternational organizations and in international fora.However, explicit recognition in a binding globalagreement of the right to access environmental information is still needed, which can only be furthered by the growing recognition of the link

between human rights and the environment andappropriate legal regimes in national jurisdictionsmust continue to advance.

Provisions on access to environmental informationare substantive obligations and require both financialand human resources commitments to be properlyimplemented. Citizens have to be informed of theirrights, public servants have to be trained and time hasto be taken to develop proper record managementpractices.

Access to environment information can expandopportunities for involvement in solving environmen-tal and public health problems at the local level; itcan generate public awareness about the environmentand its importance to daily lives, and ensure anappropriate response where there are disasters andemergencies. Access to information can changeentrenched positions but it has no impact without theactive participation of citizens. The development of aright of access to environmental information both atthe national and international level can only serve toensure a more democratic process of decision-makingabout our world’s resources for the benefit of presentand future generations.

Page 121: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

1 Helena Hofbauer and Juan Antonio Cepeda, “Transparencia yrendición de cuentas” in Mauricio Merino (coord,)Transparencia: Libros, autores e ideas, IFAI-CIDE, México, 2005.

The Carter Center

113

Accountability is a necessary ingredient ofdemocracy. In turn, accountability is builtupon transparency and access to information.

Transparency fosters better State-society relations, as,on one hand, it allows for government to develop thecapacities needed to recognize society’s needs anddemands; and, on the other hand, it provides societya tool to demand fulfillment of those needs, throughadequate public policies.

A basic condition of transparency is the availabili-ty and access to budget information. In order for thisinformation to be useful, it has to be elaborated andreleased in a systematic, detailed and timely manner,

allowing for citizens to use it to evaluate its govern-ment’s performance. Indeed, public budgets reflect thepriorities set by the government, and should reflectsociety’s wishes, since it is citizens who contributewith their taxes.

Budget transparency implies that every governmen-tal and administrative decision, as well as the costsand resources involved in the application of suchdecision are accessible, clear and are communicatedto the public.1 Budget transparency sets powerfulincentives for changing institutional behavior. Whilepublic servants are aware that all their decisions areopen to the public eye, they become more inclined to

abiding to the rule of law and to use publicresources carefully; margins for the discretionaluse of resources are reduced, leading to respon-sible and honest behavior in the exercise ofpublic authority. In contrast, the lack of trans-parency in the budget process easily gives wayto corruption or poor use of public resources.

During the last decades, civil society organi-zations have developed an important role inthe analysis and monitoring of public policiesand budgets, thus, participating in the decisionmaking process and promoting the transparen-cy and accountability in public expenditure. Inparticular, civil society groups have used budg-et analysis and monitoring to participate inthe definition of national priorities, and toadvocate for the interests of the most disad-vantaged groups of population, seeking theirconsideration as a top national concern.

Budget Transparency and Accountabilityfor the Prevention and Treatment of

HIV/AIDS in MexicoAlicia Athié and Tania Sánchez

Page 122: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

114

This is the case of the work done by several organi-zations worldwide dedicated to advancing the right tohealth, especially for poor people. In this arena, thereare particularly vulnerable groups of population, suchas the poor persons living with HIV/AIDS, who donot have access to health services provided by socialsecurity or to private health services.

In Mexico, officially there are 180,000 persons living with HIV.2 Since 2003, Fundar has monitoredpublic expenditure on HIV/AIDS. With the enact-ment of the Mexican FOIA, the Federal Transparencyand Access to Public Information Law (TransparencyLaw), in 2003, very useful mechanisms to accessinformation were set in place, which in turn alloweddetailed monitoring of the public resources allocatedto prevent and care for the HIV/AIDS epidemic.

The case presented here describes how the right toaccess to information was used to advance the right tohealth care for persons living with HIV in Mexico,through a process that involved examining how federal government spent the budget earmarked forthis matter; getting involved with patients who werenot being cared for properly; making those findingspublic; and discussing how the policy needed to beimproved with Congress and Government.

The 2005 Budget for HIV/AIDS: From Approval to Allocation

In comparison with the past few years, the federalbudget submitted to the House of Representatives

had an assigned expenditure for the prevention andtreatment of HIV/AIDS with less resources allocatedthan those required. Initially, it seemed contradictorythat the Health Department—which boasts 100%coverage of the demand for anti-retroviral (ARV)medications—would send a proposal that was clearly insufficient.

In 2004, for example, the federal budget included arequest for almost one half of a million dollars for theHIV/AIDS epidemic, which was obviously notenough to provide the necessary treatment to thepeople living with HIV. The House ofRepresentatives on its own initiative increased the

amount eightfold for HIV/AIDS than what was original requested by the health department. Thelargest part of these funds was directed to CENSIDA,which is the entity in charge of integrating and coordinating the policies for the prevention and treatment of HIV/AIDS. 67 million pesos—morethan the whole amount that was originally requestedfor these activities—were channeled through a group of hospitals involved, in some way, in providing services related to the disease.

In 2005, the story was similar, at least at firstglance. In the proposal tabled in the House ofRepresentatives, the amount requested was 32.7 million dollars (360 million pesos). Although this was a more reasonable amount than the previousyears request, it was still not enough to guarantee100% coverage of the ARV demand—Congress’ final allocation was for 56.2 million dollars (618 million pesos).

Interestingly, this time the greatest part of thesefunds were not assigned to CENSIDA, but to theSeguro Popular, which operates through a mechanismof resource distribution, which in some cases does notreach the majority of the affected people. Moreover,the funds that were allocated to CENSIDA were 109million pesos less than those requested in the budgetproject. Also, some specific research institutes andhospitals received funds, but some institutions withhighly specialized services for the treatment ofHIV/AIDS were left without funds.

Budgetary Transparency and thePublic Policies for the Preventionand Treatment of HIV/AIDS Put to the Test

With the initial information obtained fromanalysis of the public documents (2005

proposed budget and approved federal budget), fromMarch to September 2005, using the right convokedby the new Transparency Law, we sent out 233 differ-

2 Casos de SIDA y PVVIH (2005) in www.salud.gob.mx

Page 123: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Budget Transparency and Accountability

115

ent requests for information through the System forInformation Requests (SISI) operated by the FederalInstitute for the Access to Public Information (IFAI).In 15 cases we appealed the negative decisionsreceived.

The information requests were directed mainly tothe Finance Ministry and Health Ministry. The latteralso received the requests we made to CENSIDA andthe Seguro Popular. From these two Ministries, werequested information regarding the criteria used inthe selection process of the institutions to receive themonies, the spending of the funds, the collaborationand coordination mechanisms used by CENSIDAwith other entities, and the possibility that the “new”allocation of funds would reach the HIV/AIDS pro-gram’s goals.

We also requested information from the hospitalsand institutes that had funds for HIV/AIDS, in orderto disaggregate their budget and appreciate the desti-nation of the funds. With this information, we carriedout a broad public campaign to inform the patients ofthese institutions and people living with HIV theservices that they could receive and where they couldfind them.

Through some of the documents that we receivedfrom the Health Ministry, we realized that part of thefunds specifically designated for HIV/AIDS care andprevention had been reassigned; thus we began a second round of information requests concerning:

• Documents supporting the hospitals and institute’s reassignment of funds tagged forHIV/AIDS;

• The criteria by which these reassignments were approved;

• The new programmatic structure applicable atthe end of the first semester of the year, in orderto understand the final distribution of funds; and

• The amount of the allocated budget spent in the first semester of the year with a copy of allsupporting documents.

The 2005 Budget for HIV/AIDS: From Allocation to Spending

The information received gave us the opportunityto understand that the work of CENSIDA, as the

main public institution in the prevention ofHIV/AIDS epidemic had been diminished due to thedeficient coordination with the Seguro Popular.Regarding the funds for HIV/AIDS, theAdministration Officer of the Health Ministryinformed us that all the resources “will be used exclu-sively for the purchase of anti-retroviral drugs, as des-ignated in the budget”3 while the Director of theSeguro Popular stated, to the contrary, that the fundsmentioned were for diagnostics and treatment.

We found that the autonomy (and lack of account-ability or oversight) of several hospitals and institu-tions was another element contributing to the inability of CENSIDA to meet its goals. According to CENSIDA, it does not coordinate the hospitalsand institutes4; its role simply is to collaborate in the design of awareness raising workshops for publicemployees and to promote, with patients, the use oftreatment. Different responses received by the HealthMinistry indicated that CENSIDA had determinedthe resource allocation for the hospitals and decen-tralized institutes, but was not allowed to dictate rulesor establish spending criteria. That meant that themain federal entity in charge of combating of the epidemic assigned seven million dollars to institutionswhere it does not have the mandate to insure thatthese resources are used according to the nationalHIV/AIDS program goals.

These inconsistencies in the series of answers anddocuments received revealed specific aspects thatclearly question the commitment of the Mexican government with budgetary transparency and withthe prevention and treatment of HIV/AIDS.

3 Public information request number 0001200039705.

4 Public information request number 0001200018305.

Page 124: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

116

Financial Criteria Predominates OverEpidemiological Criteria

According to the Health Ministry, the House ofRepresentatives approved a health reassignment witha 200 million pesos reduction (more than 18 milliondollars) to the budget for HIV/AIDS. Health indicat-ed that the Lower Chamber did not explicitly providethe criteria for the reduction nor the type of expensesaffected. This reduction “practically implied theparalysis of the efforts inthe combat of HIV/AIDS”in the hospitals and healthinstitutes. Due to this,Health decided to assignundesignated resources tothese institutions in orderto compensate for the pre-vious reduction.

This reduction and reas-signment of funds implied the complete loss ofresources used to combat HIV/AIDS for at least twoof the institutes with important centers of researchand treatment: the National Institute of RespiratoryDiseases (INER) and the National Institute ofNutrition. On the other hand, almost 20 million dollarswas granted to two other institutes that do not havespecialized services and that, as one of them indi-cated, “eventually treat patients with HIV/AIDS.”5

Likewise, other responses to our access to informa-tion requests indicated important changes in the designation of resources during the spending period.For instance, in the middle of year, the NationalInstitute of Cardiology (INER) suffered a 50% budgetreduction, so rather than allow that shortfall, 500thousand dollars allocated specifically for HIV/AIDSwas redirected to INER for other service areas.

These occurrences were indicative of a significantlack of planning and the predominant use of financialcriteria in the assignment of funds, rather than relyingon epidemiological criteria.

Discretionary Power for the Management of Resources

The seven institutions, which were assigned resourcesfor HIV/AIDS, transferred these from Chapter 4000Subsidies and Transfers to others. In four cases, such asthat of the Mexico General Hospital, Cardiology,Neurology and Cancer, they transferred the funds toChapter 2000 Materials and Supplies. In the other threecases, that of the Juarez Hospital of Mexico, the Dr.

Manuel Gea GonzálezGeneral Hospital and theNational Institute forPerinatology, they trans-ferred the funds to Chapter3000 General Services.

In contrast to thoseinstitutions that trans-ferred the funds toChapter 2000, the insti-

tutions that transferred them to Chapter 3000 did not spend any of the money on treating or preventingHIV/AIDS.

From January 1 to June 30, Perinatology spent its HIV specific funds mainly on cleaning and surveil-lance services. The Dr. Gea González Hospital, for its part, gave us a lengthy explanation of its HIVpatients’ treatment and their planned preventionstrategy,6 yet our analysis indicated that it spent thefunds mainly on banking and financial services as well as maintenance of public buildings and vehicles.7

Hospital Juarez spent its HIV/AIDS resources on similar matters, rather than on the prevention andcare of persons affected by the disease.

Lack of Accountability of the Health and Finance Departments

Mechanisms to ensure accountability throughout thesystem face important challenges. For instance, as discussed above, the Health Department assigned

…other responses to our access to information requests indicated importantchanges in the designation of resources

during the spending period.

5 Public information request number 1225000001205 and 1225000001305.

6 Public information request number 1219500001305 and 1219500001405.

7 Public information request number 1219500002705.

Page 125: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Budget Transparency and Accountability

117

resources specifically approved for spending related tothe prevention and treatment of HIV/AIDS to com-pensate for the reduction of funds in other budgetareas. Additionally, although the agency transferredfunds to decentralized institutions and earmarkedthem for HIV/AIDS related services, they have noauthority to establish rules, designate line items oractivities, or mandate reports. Thus, there was nomeans of guaranteeing that the decentralized insti-tutions spent these funds on HIV/AIDS.

For their part, the hospitals and institutes under-took the required legal procedures for changing thefunds from one chapter to another, but no entity hasthe authority to denythem the reassignments, solong as they carry out therequests within the desig-nated time period and onthe correct forms.

Nevertheless, the mosttroublesome aspect of thisis that the Department ofFinance considers thefunds spent once they aretransferred to the adminis-trative units, without reg-istering reclassifications within that unit. Due to this,the resources spent on cleaning, maintenance andbanking services will appear as spent on HIV/AIDSprograms.8 This issue points to a major structuralproblem: the balance of spent money, which annuallyis provided to the House of Representatives is not afaithful portrayal of reality.

Further, there were considerable differences amongthe responses that we received from the Departmentand institutions regarding the expenditures as well asbetween these official responses and the public docu-ments that we gathered through access to informationrequests. For example, the Health Department onlyprovided information on the CENSIDA expenditures,stating that it did not have a mandate to provideinformation on the spending of hospitals and insti-tutes. Likewise, in the case of CENSIDA, we analyzed

three documents, CENSIDA’s response deliveredthrough the Health Department, the response delivered by the Finance Department through theSISI and the Report on the Advance of FinancialManagement in which Finance informs the House ofRepresentatives on the exercise of the budget for thefirst semester of the fiscal year, and each provided adifferent amount for the same expenditures.

The Strategy for Advocacy

Taking into account the political context—the budget discussion period at the House of

Representatives—weundertook a strategyfocused on obtaining themost resources possible forCENSIDA and other insti-tutions with specializedservices, as well as accom-plishing the approval of ahigher amount of resourcesdestined to the preventionof the epidemic.

In September 2005, theFinance Secretary handedthe 2006 PEF Project over

to Congress, in which, for the first time in a proposedbudget9, resources for hospitals and institutes are integrated, including the INER and Nutrición.Unfortunately, once again there was a proposal toprovide resources to Perinatology and Hospital GeaGonzález, two of the three institutions that had spenttheir HIV/AIDS resources on something other thanthe disease. Positively, the majority of the funds pro-posed were for CENSIDA and there was a consider-able decrease in the proposed amounts for the Seguro Popular.

8 In the 2004 and 2005 PEF Projects there were no resources for hospitalsand institutes, these appear until the assignment published in the PER(see table 1).

9 The story was published in five national newspapers for three consecutive days and two newspapers followed up on the story a couple of weeks after.

…there were considerable differences among the responses that we received from the Department and Institutions regarding the expenditures as well as

between these official responses and the public documents that we gathered through

access to information requests.

Page 126: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

118

Collaboration with Persons with HIV/AIDS and NGOs

A group of HIV/AIDS patients being treated at INER who had been refused or delayed some servicesbecause of the lack of funds, according to what theywere told in meetings with the institute’s administra-tors, formed a group with the objective of an increasein funding. Hearing about the research project andbudget analysis that Fundar had carried out on theissue, they contacted us to form an alliance. Together,we now attend meetings with the authorities involvedto update them on the results of our research, while atthe same time putting a human face to the problem—so that they can identify how the misuse of funds isaffecting already vulnerable populations.

In addition, we were supported by civil societyorganizations interested in transparency issues and/orcommitted to the fight against HIV/AIDS. We keptthese partners updated on our research findings andactivities.

The Media

On October 12, 2005 Fundar, along with theTransparency Collective (a group of six civil societyorganizations dedicated to greater governmentaltransparency of which Fundar is a member and coor-dinator) and the IFAI held a press conference withgreat results.10 Through this channel, we were able toraise awareness of the problems, and catch the atten-tion of the relevant authorities. The stories in themedia brought immediate replies; particularly fromthe Health Department, which in turn held its ownpress conference the following day to deny our results.

During the press conference, the presence of a fed-eral entity (IFAI) was relevant in order to give infor-mation about the lack of budgetary transparency, nev-ertheless we seized the moment so we could highlightthe importance of HIV/AIDS policy and the situationthe patients are undergoing.

Changes in PolicyState Departments

Probably as a consequence of the press conference,separate meetings with the Director of CENSIDA andwith the General Director of Programming,Operation and Budget (DGPOP) of the Departmentof Health, were held. Both meetings were useful forclarifying and furthering issues that has not been con-templated in our original information requests andarose through analysis of the documents received, forinstance, why CENSIDA had stated that they hadonly exercised 2 per cent of their budget during thefirst semester of the year contrary to the declarationsof the Department of Health in its press conference.

These meetings had positive results. Not only werea number of questions resolved, but agreements weremade to investigate further the allocation and use ofHIV/AIDS earmarked resources as well as a promisethat a smaller percentage of these funds would bereassigned to general services. Moreover, CENSIDAagreed to support a proposal to the House ofRepresentatives to increase the budget dedicated toprevention of HIV/AIDS and to present new mecha-nisms for coordinating the relevant institutions.

Finally, we met with the Department forGovernment Internal Control, who we asked toinvestigate whether the reassignments of specifiedHIV/AIDS funds was done in accordance with lawand to develop mechanisms to prevent discretionalchanges to the use of these earmarked monies.

House of Representatives

We held several meetings with the Commissions ofHealth and Equality and Gender of the House ofRepresentatives with the objectives of presenting ourbudget analysis and findings and to propose modifica-tions to the budget, such that designated resources areused more efficiently and increases are provided forsuch necessary areas as prevention, research and care.

Page 127: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Budget Transparency and Accountability

119

On November 14, 2005, the House of Repre-sentatives approved the 2006 Federal Budget for2006, in which there was an increase for research and monies earmarked for prevention.

Conclusions

There is still much to be done in order to achievetrue budgetary transparency, and above all, to

efficiently fight the HIV/AIDS epidemic in Mexico.Regarding budgetary transparency, we found that

the quality of the information is a tremendous obsta-cle. Information that werequested was often notprovided timely, wasincomplete or inaccurate.The majority of the datathat we received throughaccess to informationrequests could not be foundin the agencies publisheddocuments, or at least theywere unavailable to thepublic at the time. Werequired more than 200 information requests and ninemonths of work to analyze all the replies and, in theend, we found contradictions and discrepancies thatonly deepened our initial doubts. Also, it was neces-

sary to use the media in order to catch the attentionof the authorities and achieve some kind of communi-cation with them.

In addition to other NGOs, groups of affected people and even IFAI support, a certain specializationon both issues—HIV/AIDS and public budgets—wasrequired in order to find the answers. As many of thedocuments that we received from the various agenciesand Ministries were inconsistent, we needed special-ists to help us analyze the information, and with thedata we then had to meet with the authorities. Thismay not be possible for most citizens. Thus, although

information is public by law, it may not be truly accessible for most persons.

Through the requestand receipt of documentsunder the access to infor-mation law, and analysis,we were able to hold thegovernment accountablefor its policies and its

spending, as well as to support the state in ensuringthat their mandates were followed. It is our hope thatthese revelations will encourage more efficient andprecise public policies aimed at the prevention andtreatment of HIV/AIDS, and improved financialaccountability.

Regarding budgetary transparency, we found that the quality of the informationis a tremendous obstacle. Information that

we requested was often not provided timely,was incomplete or inaccurate.

Page 128: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency
Page 129: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

121

Access to Information as aFundamental Human Right

“Transparency” is one of the buzzwords ofthe 1990s “good governance” agenda—toa significant extent an ideological agenda

pushed by the World Bank and the other main“Washington Consensus” actors. Nonetheless, there isnow widespread acceptance of the importance of theprinciple of transparency to good democratic practiceand legal accountability. One mani-festation of this trend is the prolifera-tion of freedom of information laws atthe national level—more commonlyknown now as access to information(ATI) or right to information law.Over sixty states now have ATI lawsof some kind1; over forty have beenpassed in the last decade, many indeveloping countries and/or newdemocracies, often, but not always, asa result of civil society campaigns.2

ATI—or “freedom of information”as it is also known—is widely recog-nised as a fundamental human right.Resolution 59(1) of the UN GeneralAssembly during its first session in1946 stated:

Freedom of Information is a fundamental human right

and…the touchstone of all freedoms to which the UN

is consecrated.

Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of HumanRights (UDHR)3 and Article 19 of the International

Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) [inalmost identical terms to the UDHR] enshrines theright to freedom of information. Regional conven-tions, including the African Declaration of Principleson Freedom of Expression in Africa, the AmericanConvention on Human Rights (at Article 13), andthe European Convention for the Protection ofHuman Rights and Fundamental Freedoms (ECHR)(at Article 10), do likewise.

Access to Information and Human Rights:Fundamentals, Points of Emphasis,

and Distinctive TrendsRichard Calland

1 http://www.privacyinternational.org/issues/foia/foia-laws.jpg.

2 See the case studies presented at freedominfo.org—including, India,Bulgaria and South Africa.

3 Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this rightincludes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek,receive or impart information and ideas through any media regardless offrontiers.

Page 130: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

122

Despite the ostensibly unequivocal disposition ofthese treaties, there is however a residual uncertaintyabout the full character of the right—in particularwhether it amounts to a right to access to information—and therefore to request, as well as to receive infor-mation. The language of the provision is ambiguous.As the Office of the High Commissioner for HumanRights pointed out in a General Comment, Article19(2) “requires protection of the right to freedom ofexpression, which includes not only freedom to‘impart information and ideas of all kinds’, but alsofreedom to ‘seek’ and ‘receive’ them ‘regardless offrontiers’ and in whatever medium, ‘either orally, in writing or in print, in the form of art, or throughany other media of his choice.’”4

The word “seek” may be pivotal, but it has not yet been tested or determined by a tribunal of international law. Since it is fundamental to theinstrumentality of the right in the context of meaningful public participation in democratic decision-making processes, this issue is examined in greater depth later in this paper.

The International Bill of Rights and ATI

While activists and academic writers such asMendel5 and Birkinshaw confidently assert that

“Freedom of Information is a human right; it enablesus to fulfil our potential as humans”6 the internationallaw position vis-à-vis the precise content of the rightis actually somewhat cloudy. While it is clear thatFreedom of Information is a fundamental right, it is not clear that this means that there is a right to(request and) access information—which is the modern, ‘customary’ understanding of the right.

Curiously, there is no clarifying case law underArticle 19 of the ICCPR. In International HumanRights Law & Practice,7 146 pages are devoted toArticle 19 but all the case law is about freedom ofexpression with no reference to any right—or anyclaim of the right—to access information. Thejurisprudence on the ECHR is the most advanced.

However, Article 10 of the ECHR differs from thetwo Article 19 guarantees in that it does not enshrinethe right “to seek” information. Hence, the Europeancase law on Article 10 has made it clear that Article10 does “not confer on the individual a right of access…nor does it embody an obligation on the Government to impart…information to the individual.”8

In Guerra9 and McGinley & Egan,10 the ECJ discovered, in the distinctive phrase of StephenSedley, “a right to information in the entrails ofArticle 8”11 of the ECHR, in these terms:

Where a government engages in hazardous activities such as those in issue in the present case,which might have hidden adverse consequences on the health of those involved in such activities,respect for private and family life under Article 8requires that an effective and accessible procedurebe established which enables such persons to seekall relevant and appropriate information.

A potentially seminal case is (at the time of writing) before the Inter-American Court of HumanRights, in which four organisations are seeking toestablish that Article 13 of the American Conventionon Human Rights guarantees a right of access toinformation held by public bodies.12 The case con-cerns a massive logging project, the Condor River

4 OHCHR, General Comment No. 10: Freedom of Expression (Art. 19):29/06/83.

5 Mendel T. International Standards and Trends, Article 19.

6 Birkinshaw, P. Freedom of Information and openness as a fundamentalhuman right.

7 Martin et al, Kluver 1997.

8 Leander –v- Sweden (1987) 9 EHRR 433, para 74, notwithstanding theexistence of Recommendation No. R(81)19 on Access to InformationHeld by Public Authorities.

9 (1998) 26 EHRR 357.

10 (1998) 27 EHRR 1.

11 Sedley S. Information as a Human Right in Beatson and Cripps(2001), at page 239, where the highly respected Mr. Justice Sedley QCoffers an astute and far more prudent argument in support of the idea thataccess to information is a fundamental human right.

12 Claude Reyes et Al. vs. Chile. Case 12.108.

Page 131: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Access to Information and Human Rights

123

project, that is being undertaken by US companyTrillium Ltd in Chile. A local NGO, the TerramFoundation, sought access to information onTrillium’s environmental record from the ChileanForeign Investment Committee, a public body that is supposed to assess foreign investment proposals.The NGO was shunned by the company and rejectedby the Chilean national courts, so a number of South American rights’ groups applied to the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights who inMarch 2005 found that Chile had violated the rightscontained in Article 13 of the Convention. FollowingChile’s failure to comply with the order, theCommittee referred the case to the Inter-AmericanCourt for adjudication. One of the main argumentsbefore the Court goes to the nub of the issue concern-ing the core content of the right: “Given that thefreedom to receive information should prevent publicauthorities from interrupting the flow of informationto individuals, the word seek would logically imply anadditional right.”13 A decision is awaited.

Other Judicial Decisions

Two recent decisions in other tribunals are worthconsidering. In the Metalclad14 case, the arbitral

tribunal of the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes applied the principle of transparency to the dispute, derived from Article 102 of the North American Free Trade Agreement(NAFTA), which was the governing law. The caseinvolved an investment by a US corporation in alandfill construction in central Mexico. Approvals forthe construction, which involved the confinement ofharzardous waste, were obtained at the federal andstate level in March 1995. There were local demon-strations against the site and, in December 1995, thelocal municipality issued a denial of the permit andobtained an injunction which prevented the opera-tion of the landfill until May 1999. The award of$16m made to Metclad in August 2000 was the firstto uphold, on the merits, a claim submitted to arbitra-tion under Chapter Eleven of the NAFTA. In itsjudgment, the arbitral tribunal, the first establishedfor a NAFTA Chapter Eleven proceeding, had to

consider whether the duty under NAFTA Article1105(1) had been met, namely, “each party shallaccord to investments of investors of another Partytreatment in accordance with international law,including fair and equitable treatment and full protection and security.” At paragraph 76 of theaward, it held that:

Prominent in the statement of principles and rulesthat introduces the Agreement is the reference to“transparency” (NAFTA Article 102(1)). TheTribunal understands this to include the idea thatall relevant legal requirements for the purpose ofinitiating, completing and successfully operatinginvestments made, or intended to be made, underthe Agreement should be capable of being readilyknown to all affected investors of another Party.There should be no room for doubt of uncertaintyon such matters. Once the authorities of the cen-tral government of any Party (whose internationalresponsibility in such matters has been identified in the preceding section) become aware of anyscope for misunderstanding or confusion in thisconnection, it is their duty to ensure that the correct position is promptly determined and clearlystated so that investors can proceed with all appro-priate expedition in the confident belief that theyare acting in accordance with all relevant laws.

Then, at paragraph 99 of the award:

Mexico failed to ensure a transparent and predictable framework for Metalclad’s businessplanning and investment. The totality of these circumstances demonstrates a lack of orderlyprocess and timely disposition in relation to aninvestor of a Party acting in the expectation that it would be fairly and justly treated in accordancewith the NAFTA.

13 Paragraph 57 of the Application submitted by the Inter-AmericanCommission on Human Rights to the Inter-American Court of HumanRights against the State of Chile.

14 Metalclad Corporation –v- The United Mexican States. InternationalCentre for Settlement of Investment Disputes, Case No. ARB(AF)/97/1.http://www.worldbank.org/icsid/cases/mm-award-e.pdf. ICSID Review -Foreign Investment Law Journal. Volume 16, Issue 1, 2001.

Page 132: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

124

In the 2003 OSPAR15 case in the Permanent Courtof Arbitration (PCA), Ireland claimed that the UKhad failed to provide with information pursuant toArticle 9 of the 1992 Convention, which provides as follows:

ACCESS TO INFORMATION

1. The Contracting Parties shall ensure that theircompetent authorities are required to makeavailable the information described in paragraph2 of this Article to any natural or legal person,in response to any reasonable request, withoutthat person’s having to prove an interest, with-out unreasonablecharges, as soon aspossible and at thelatest within twomonths.

2. The Informationreferred to in paragraph 1 of thisArticle is any avail-able information inwritten, visual, auralor data base form on the state of the maritimearea, on activities or measures adversely affectingor likely to affect it and on activities or measuresintroduced in accordance with the Convention.

In many respects, this formulation represents amodel, condensed version of many of the modernnational ATI statutory rights. The UK defended onthree grounds its refusal to provide to Ireland theinformation contained in the redacted copies. First,that Article 9 does not establish a direct right toreceive information. Second, that the informationrequested did not in any event fall within the scope of Article 9(2). And third, that the information wasexempt on the ground of commercial confidentialitypursuant to Article 9(3)(d).

It is the first of these arguments that is of rele-vance. In its Counter Memorial, the UK submitted

that “[Article 9(1)] does not impose on ContractingParties an obligation, owed directly to natural andlegal persons, to disclose information in response to arequest. Nor does it require one contracting party todisclose information in response to a request fromanother Contracting Party. Rather it imposes onContracting Parties an obligation to ensure that theircompetent authorities are required to make informa-tion available. Each contracting Party is to dischargethis obligation by such means as may be appropriatein its case, eg by suitable legislative or administrativemeasures.”16 Thus, continued the submission, “Theonly possible cause of action for breach of Article 9

would be in respect of afailure to provide for adomestic regulatory frame-work dealing with the disclosure of information.Ireland does not allegesuch a breach.” In otherwords, according the UK’sargument, the duty wasnot to provide informationin response to requests butto establish an appropriate

system to ensure that competent authorities would berequired to make certain information available.

Ingenious though the argument was, it failed topersuade the majority of the Court of Arbitration. Incustomary fashion, the tribunal distilled the issue intoone short paragraph:

The issue for determination is whether the require-ment in Article 9(1) “to ensure” the obligated result,mandates a result rather than merely a municipal lawsystem directed to obtain the result.17

…there is a judicial trend towards a more expansive understanding of the right to access to information, which,

in turn, serves to further entrench the right in international law.

15 In the Dispute Concerning Access to Information Under Article 9 ofthe OSPAR Convention and the Mox Plant. Ireland –v- UnitedKingdom. http://www.pca-cpa.org/ENGLISH/RPC/OSPAR/OSPAR%20final%20award%20revised.pdf.

16 UK Counter Memorial, paragraph 3.2, page 19.

17 Paragraph 132 of the PCA Award.

Page 133: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Access to Information and Human Rights

125

The PCA held that “to accept the expression ofthe requirement ‘to ensure’ a result as expressed at thelesser level of setting up a regime or system directedto obtain the stipulated result under domestic law ofthe Contracting Party, as is contended by the UnitedKingdom, would be to apply an impermissible glossthat does not appear as part of the unconditional primary obligation under Article 9(1).” Hence, theUK was under a duty to supply the information inresponse to the request from Ireland (subject to articles 9(2) and (3)).

Both these cases reflect a judicial appreciation for the “real” purpose of the right to information—namely, to provide information upon request.Although they are circumscribed by the limitations of their facts and the provisions of the Conventionsthey were interpreting, they do provide jurispruden-tial succour to the notion that there is a judicial trendtowards a more expansive understanding of the rightto access to information, which, in turn, serves to further entrench the right in international law.

Change in Lexicon; Shift in Paradigm

Both cases also demonstrate the instrumental valueof ATI rights to the exercise and protection of

rights more generally. In Metalclad, there were impor-tant investments to be protected; the jobs of manypeople were at risk. In the OSPAR case, Ireland wasconcerned about the possible environmental harmthat would be done to the Irish Sea by the UK interms of its nuclear disposal policy.

Alongside the explosion of ATI law around theworld, and the intricate legal debates about the precise content of the right under international law,there is an important human dimension. A plethoraof stories from around the globe illustrate the potencyof ATI as a leverage right: from the Thai school casewhere a single ATI request exposed the institutional-ized racial discrimination rotting at the core of itsschools’ system to the request for a secret governmentpolicy document that proposed to limit compensationfor victims of apartheid in South Africa which led to President Thabo Mbeki hurriedly announcingimmediate payments.

Labelling the right as ‘the right to know’, someactivist social movements, such as the MKSS inRajasthan, have worked under the banner: The Rightto Know is the Right to Live. Part of this conceptualisa-tion of the right is a recognition that there is a familyof laws that together constitute ‘the right to know’and which should properly govern a progressive infor-mation regime, including: whistleblower protectionlaw, data protection law, administrative justice lawand records’ keeping/making rules.

The shift towards a rights-based language is significant: the notion of a positive right of access,including the right to receive information, as distinctfrom a negative right not to have one’s freedom ofexpression disturbed, represents a qualitative shift. InStephen Sedley’s more compelling phrase, “…[theright to] information may be coming to feature not asa parasitic requirement of another tabulated right butas a prior requisite if other rights are to have valueand substance” (Beatson & Cripps 2001: 246).

Thus, ATI is now widely seen as a ‘linkage’ right—especially to social and economic rights, rather thanas (‘merely’) a civil or political right.18 The debate onwhether, and to what extent, social and economicrights are justiciable rights, the greater the imperativeto ensure that the ‘linkage’ civil and political right is realized. Put another way, if the social or economicright is not justiciable, it becomes even more important to be able to use the right to access toinformation as a ‘way in’ to social and economicrights’ realization.

In my own country, South Africa, painstaking workby the fieldworker of the Open Democracy AdviceCentre has shown how ATI can make a material difference to the lives of poor people. In Kouga, discussed in more detail in the accompanying box,despite a ministerial decision to allocate resources,the municipality had ‘borrowed’ for another area the forty houses that had been earmarked for onecommunity. Pressing for access to the minutes to the meeting at which the decision was taken by themunicipality led to a reversal of the decision.

18 Jagwanth S. The Right to Information as a Leverage Right in CallandR. and Tilley A. (2002).

Page 134: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

126

In Vryburg in the North-West province, a secretdecision was taken to sell off the public swimmingpool for private development. Again, access to thepaper trail, initially denied, was obtained under South Africa’s ATI law, the Promotion of Access toInformation Act 2000, and embarrassed by the mani-fest injustice of the process, the decision was canned.The community kept its communal swimming pool.In Emkhandwini in remote Kwa-Zulu Natal, the villages wanted clean water; they were tired of thefive mile trek to collect it from the nearest town. Themunicipality was arrogant: the villages had no right

to any information about water access. ODACpressed the District Council and it was revealed thatthere was a plan: to phase in piped water over fiveyears, with a weekly delivery by truck of a large barrelof clean water in the interim. It was a good plan; the villagers were content. ATI, properly implemented,can be good for government as well as citizens. Bycorollary secrecy, as the Emkhandwini case shows, is harmful to both.19

Public Housing Fraud: South AfricaIn March 2004, an Open Democracy Advice Centre field worker attended a meeting in the Kouga

municipality, in the Eastern Cape of South Africa. A group from the small, poverty-stricken community ofWeston complained that they had problems getting their local councillor to address their concerns. “Theyraised this question of how there is no contact from their local government and that they feel ignored.Then they raised the question of housing,” says Melvis. “One lady was the leader, the facilitator. She was emotional, very upset.”

Since 1997, no houses had been built in Weston by government despite promises that there would bemore construction. A serviced site for 40 units with water and sanitation had been developed but the plotsstood empty or half-built and abandoned. The leader of the Weston group said they had attempted to getanswers from the official responsible, the Housing Development Manager, but had had no satisfactoryexplanation.

Following the meeting with the citizen’s of this community, Melvis made a number of requests, under the South African Promotion of Access to Information law, for documents that might explain what hadhappened, including asking for council minutes and reports by building consultants. When the mandatorythirty days for response had elapsed and phone calls to the official brought no bounty of records, a legalappeal for the information was made—finally resulting in some documents.

Though the documents did not yet explain why these houses had not been completed, but it gave Melvisand the community something to work with. The municipality was saying that the houses had not beenbuilt because there was not enough available land in Weston. The community disagreed. In fact, they hadlearned that the municipality had signed contracts with private business people and farmers to lease largetracts of state land in the area to ensure sufficient space for new housing. So, Melvis included in a secondapplication a request for copies of all the municipality’s land contracts and minutes from relevant councilmeetings and important contracts. After another long wait, a bundle of documents arrived.

With all this pressure coming from the Weston community, the Kouga Municipality recommenced thehousing project and completed the 40 new homes. As a result of the requests for information and pressureto extract a paper trail from the Kouga Municipality, a chain of events was set in motion that led to the resolution of what had been a deadlock issue for the people Weston for over 8 years—their right to housing.

19 Five Years On: The Right to Know in South Africa. Open DemocracyAdvice Centre; Cape Town. April 2006.

Page 135: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Access to Information and Human Rights

127

Non-state Actors and the Right toAccess to Information

Once the Rubicon was crossed, campaigners haverecognised the need to ‘follow the information

trail.’ Accessing state-held information is not enough—it is just one slice of the information matrix. Thestructural plurality of contemporary state-society rela-tions means that activists have sought to extend thenotion of the right to know to corporations, to multi-lateral organisations and international organisations.

Accordingly, a new set of initiatives has emerged,including: the Extractive Industries TransparencyInitiative; the Publish What You Pay campaign; theEquator Principles; the transparency provisions of theAarhus Convention—in particular, the Conventionon Access to Information, Public Participation inDecision-making and Access to Justice inEnvironmental Matters. Environmental affairs have proved to be a ‘vanguard’ arena for access to information—see, for example, the system ofToxic Release Inventory in the United States.

The case for ATI in the corporate sector has grownas people have come to recognize the power thatcompanies exert over the every day lives of citizens—often in terms of some of the most important aspects:jobs, pay, access to basic services such as electricityand water—alongside the global trend of the lastthirty years towards privatizing public services.20

Modern ATI laws have in the majority of casesreflected this trend by extending the definition of‘public information’ to include information held byprivate bodies that are performing a ‘public function’.The South African law goes even further, in line with its constitutional derivation, by providing a right of access to private information where access is“required for the protection or exercise of a right.”21

Attention has turned also to International andMultilateral Organisations. International FinancialInstitutions (IFIs) in particular, have increased innumber, range and influence over the past forty years.As well as the International Monetary Fund (IMF)and the World Bank Group—which comprises theInternational Bank for Reconstruction &

Development itself [IBRD], the InternationalDevelopment Agency, and three affiliate organisa-tions, the International Finance Corporation, theMultilateral Investment Guarantee Agency and theInternational Center for Settlement of InternationalDisputes—there are now the main regional develop-ment banks (African, Asian, Inter-American andEuropean Bank for Reconstruction & Development).

Together, these bodies yield huge amounts of powerand have an enormous impact over the lives of ordi-nary people throughout the world, especially in thedeveloping countries. “It is clear that…IFIs have ineffect become managers of economic policies of thevast majority of developing countries.” (Anghie 2004:259). In the past five years, around $600bn has beenloaned by IFIs or used to support projects in thedeveloping world. There is substantial evidence of the harm done by IFI lending and macro-policy leverage, and a matching literature.

Conclusion

The notion of the right to access to information—and understanding of its content and potential—

has matured rapidly over the past decade. Its instru-mental value as a ‘leverage’ right, interdependent of,and pivotal to the realization of, other rights, is nowfirmly acknowledged in the fast-growing body of casesand stories from around the world. Ironically, despitethe emerging custom of legal protection at nationallevel, the position in international law remains somewhat uncertain. The right to receive informationis an established, fundamental human right—unequivocally. But the right to ‘ask and get’—whichis the essence of ATI—remains a matter of legal contestation as much as it is a site of struggle in theimplementation and enforcement of the right. As the right matures further, so new frontiers will beidentified and crossed. Jamaica is a key node, aregional staging post in this process.

20 Calland R. Transparency at the For-Profit World, in Transparency,University of Columbia Press, forthcoming 2007.

21 Section 32(1)(b) of the South African Constitution (1996).

Page 136: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency
Page 137: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

129

Freedom of Information is the best guaranteethere is to demonstrate and ensure the quality ofcountless decisions and policies which are taken

every day across the public sector. By making theinformation related to these decisions open to publicscrutiny, access to information laws pro-vide an inherent quality control andserves as a deterrent for ill considered orimproper decisions or corrupt conduct.But to work in practice, freedom ofinformation regimes depend on an appli-cation being made (and often a preciseone at that) after the event had occurredor the decision has been made. For these reasons aneffective freedom of information regime will includewhistleblowing provisions as these have a healthydeterrent effect and also can come into play beforedamage is done. As this paper explains, whistleblow-ing provisions aim to provide a safe alternative bothto silence and to anonymous leaking.

Whistleblowing provisions will also help maintainpublic confidence where requests for access to publicinformation are denied or ignored. The core purposeof both access to information and whistleblower pro-tection laws is to enhance public accountability,whether by allowing persons to access documents orby providing sufficient safeguards so that civil servantsand employees can raise concerns about wrongdoingso serious risks may be assessed and remedied. Viewedin this way, whistleblower protections must be consid-ered primarily in the greater context of openness andaccountability rather than of employment rights, andshould be implemented as a close relation of the rightto access to information. With the movement for

access to information firmly entrenched around theworld, increasingly the trend toward establishingcomplementary whistleblowing protection laws must emerge.

What is Whistleblowing?

Whistleblowing matters to all organisations andto all people. This is because every public body,

and every business, faces the risk that something itdoes will go seriously wrong. The risk may be thatsome food you are about to buy is badly contaminat-ed, that the train your family will travel on is unsafe,that the surgeon that will operate on your child isincompetent, that a hazardous substance is beingdumped near your home or that your savings or taxesare being stolen. Whenever such a risk arises, the firstpeople to know about it are usually those who workwithin the public body or organisation. Yet while civilservants or employees are the people best placed toraise a warning flag or concern and so enable the riskto be removed or reduced, they also are the peoplewho have the most to lose if they were to do so.2

Whistleblowing Protection: Accompanying Access to Information in

Assuring Transparency1

Guy Dehn

1 Much of this paper is drawn from Whistleblowing Around the World:Law, Culture and Practice, ed. Calland, R. and Dehn, G., ODAC andPCaW in partnership with the British Council S. Africa, 2004.

2 Id., Introduction, Calland and Dehn.

Page 138: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

130

Whistleblowing matters because it addresses howwe can counter this breakdown in communication inthe workplace. That such a breakdown underminesthe public interest is clear when one considers thatthe most successful way the police deter, detect andclear up crimes is through information communicatedto them by the public. Yet in workplaces and govern-ment bodies across the world, law and practice gives a strong message that employees should not com-municate information about suspected wrongdoingeither internally or externally.3

The consequence of this culture is that it discour-ages normal, decent law abiding people from raisingconcerns about workplace wrongdoing that threatensthe interests of others. It encourages employees to beguided exclusively by their own short-term interestsand undermines any sense of mutual interest betweenthe organisation and its workforce. In practical terms,if an employee is concerned about corruption or serious wrongdoing in his workplace, he has fouroptions. These are

• To stay silent;

• To blow the whistle internally;

• To blow the whistle outside; or

• To inform anonymously.

The issue of whistleblowers and their response torecognized problems must be considered, as the costof silence has proven too high.

Why is Whistleblowing ProtectionLaw Necessary?

In the old days, miners would take a canary underground with them. Gas is highly dangerous

underground, but very hard to detect. Canaries, withtheir more sensitive capacities, served as an earlywarning system. Unfortunately, they often died intheir efforts. Whistleblowers have long served thesame role as a warning system against misdeeds orimprudent actions. In order to ensure that they arenot martyrs to their (and our) cause, strong legal protections are necessary.4

Unless society encourages and the law protectspeople who raise whistleblowing concerns openly,they will stay silent or at best will leak informationanonymously. Rather than impose another legal dutyon people, whistleblowing should be a protected right which encourages good citizenship.5 If the governments and organisations fail to foster a culturethat indicates that it is safe and accepted to raise agenuine concern about wrongdoing, employees willassume that they face victimisation, losing their jobor damaging their career. The consequence is thatthey will stay silent where there is a threat—even agrave one—to the interests of others. This silencemeans that those in charge are denied the opportuni-ty to remove or reduce any such risk, and can onlyfind out about it when the damage is done. Equally,the knowledge that there is a culture of silence in the workplace both encourages and shields the cor-rupt and dishonest.6

But without appropriate protections, silence isoften the option of least risk for the individualemployee even when privy to knowledge of wrong-doing in the workplace which threatens others, be itcolleagues, consumers or the community. It is thedefault option for many reasons. The employee willrealise that his suspicions could be mistaken or thatthere may be an innocent explanation for the con-duct. Where colleagues also are aware of the suspectconduct but are staying silent, he will wonder why healone should speak out. Where the wrongdoing seemsclear to the employee, he will assume that those inmore senior positions have also seen it and are impli-cated in some way and so will see little reason to pursue the matter internally. In societies where unions are scarce or their independence has been

3 Whistleblowing and Data Protection, Public Concern at Work, Paperpresented to Article 29 Working Party Brussels, 31 January 2006.

4 Conclusion: Giving People a Voice, Whistleblowing Around the World:Law, Culture and Practice, ed. Calland, R. and Dehn, G., ODAC andPCaW in partnership with the British Council S. Africa, 2004.

5 Where’s the Public Interest, Biennial Review 2005, Public Concern at Work.

6 Whistleblowing and Data Protection, Public Concern at Work, Paperpresented to Article 29 Working Party Brussels, 31 January 2006.

Page 139: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Whistleblowing Protection

131

compromised, the employee will be left without anyindependent guidance as to who to approach andhow, and so will more likely stay silent. In organisa-tions where labour relations are adversarial andwhistleblowing is unwelcome, the employee will beexpected to prove that the wrongdoing is occurring,even though it clearly would be far better if those incharge assessed and, where appropriate, investigatedthe matter. Finally, unless the employee believes there is a good chance that something will be done to address the wrongdoing, there will be no reasonwhy he should consider risking his own position.

Even if the employee is not deterred by any or all of these considerations, he will rightly need toconsider his private interests and those of his familybefore raising the matter. Without any reassurance tothe contrary, he will fear workplace reprisal—be itharassment, isolation or dismissal.7

Moreover, in many countries, the public sectoremployee is affirmatively forbidden, by laws such asOfficial Secrets Act, and threatened with criminalprosecution if they dare to come forward—evenwhen it is in all of our best interest.

Certainly, the most efficient method for whistle-blowing would be disclosure within the specific bodyor organisation. However, where it is not safe andaccepted for people to blow the whistle internally,there must be palatable and safe options for externaldisclosure. It is in these cases, where legal protectionsare most necessary. Until recently, there were veryfew jurisdictions around the world that providedstatutory safeguards for an employee who makes an outside disclosure—even if done in good faith,justified and reasonable. Accordingly, such disclosureswere often made anonymously, raising the difficultissues of judging its value, investigating the claims,and mediating the effects. Although difficult to balance the right of the worker with that of hisemployer, in order to encourage internal and externaldisclosure in a manner that can best benefit both aswell as the community at large, carefully crafted legalprotections should be instituted.

In the United Kingdom, the Public InterestDisclosure Act 1998—see www.pcaw.co.uk for furtherinformation—provides workers (including civil ser-vants) with full protection against victimisation forreporting wrongdoing. While the protection willapply in virtually every case where a genuine concernis raised internally, it is also readily available wherethe whistle is blown to key regulatory authorities.Wider disclosures (including to the media) are pro-tected where they are both reasonable and justifiedfor one of four reasons. The Act does not prescribewhat whistleblowing procedures employers should put in place; it simply recognises them for disclosurespurposes where they exist. As such it provides goodreason for employers and the public bodies to estab-lish and promote whistleblowing channels whichmake it clear that it is both safe and acceptable forstaff to report concerns about wrongdoing.8

One of the points emphasised by the Committeeon Standards in Public Life was that “the result offailing to provide a confidential system for matters ofconscience is, ironically, to encourage leaks, whichare damaging to the cohesiveness of civil service bodies and weaken the relationship betweenMinisters and civil servants.”9 For these reasons, provided the reporting systems in Whitehall are effective and have the confidence of civil servants,the 1998 Act should reduce the likelihood of leaks.

In addition to the protection and inherent reinforcement of a new culture of whistlebloweracceptance that legislation provides, laws provideneeded guidance to both the would-be whistleblowerand their employer.

7 Id.

8 Freedom of Information Bill, Briefing on Amendments, Public Concernat Work, October 2000.

9 First Report (May 1995, Cm 2850-I), page 60, para 54.

Page 140: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

132

Whistleblowing and Access toInformation Laws

Where the ability of the authorities or the media to do their job depends so much on the

information that they receive, there is every reasonwhy law and culture should explain and provide forcircumstances where open disclosures are permittedand protected. In this light, public interest disclosuresthrough whistleblowing and access to information aretwo sides of the samecoin.10 “While right toinformation laws providepeople with the right to access records, it isequally necessary tohave someone on theinside who is prepared tospeak and act in thepublic interest as youcan only ask for information that you know exists.”11

Access to Information law allows persons to seek a wide-range of public documents, and as such is pivotal to ensuring proper decision-making. Under arobust freedom of information regime, if an officialthinks something is going wrong, is poorly consideredor that party political advice is being provided then—he or she can make the point by remindingcolleagues that the information could readily becomepublic and, as such, they should take care to addressthe issues and be able to justify their conduct.Operating this way, such an official can feel and be

seen to be loyal to colleagues and to his employer (be it the Crown or some other employer).

But this mechanism of accountability, which deemsthat ministers and senior managers are as responsiblefor hundreds if not thousands of decisions as if theyhad taken them personally themselves, will not workif those officials who actually take the decisions do not believe that their conduct is, in principle,open to scrutiny. If those civil servants do not fearrecriminations through the more traditional access

to information route,knowledge that colleagues could appro-priately become whistle-blowers will serve as anadditional deterrent. Asa result, there remains aneed for both a properlybalanced and effectivefreedom of information

regime, a key safety valve against shoddy or shabbydecisions in and by public authorities, as well aswhistleblower protections.

In both cases, the shared purposes are to pro-gressively extend a culture of openness, and therebypromote the accountability of public authorities,informed debate, public participation and publicunderstanding of the functions and activities of public authorities. Increasingly, advocates for greatertransparency will need to turn their attention to theestablishment of both disclosure laws—freedom ofinformation and whistleblower protection.

10 Conclusion: Giving People a Voice, Whistleblowing Around theWorld: Law, Culture and Practice, ed. Calland, R. and Dehn, G., ODACand PCaW in partnership with the British Council S. Africa, 2004.

11 Id.

…public interest disclosures through whistleblowing and access to information

are two sides of the same coin.

Page 141: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

133

Every few years, the Organization for EconomicCooperation and Development (OECD) issuesa report on global trends in government reform.

These reports are a useful snapshot of the priorities ofpolicymakers and citizens around the world. Ten yearsago, the OECD’s statements reflected the preoccupa-tions of the time: about shrinking the role of thestate, finding cheaper ways of doing governmentwork, and making societies more competitive. Areport released by the OECD in November 2005 takes a markedly different tone. At the top of its newagenda is the need for governments to respond to thedemand for increased transparency. “Open govern-ment,” the OECD says, “is increasingly recognized asan essential ingredient for democratic governance.”1

The OECD report effectivelycaptures the spirit of the times.There is a remarkable, globalmovement to improve trans-parency in government.International institutions such as the World Bank andInternational Monetary Fund, and non-governmental organiza-tions such as TransparencyInternational, the Open SocietyInstitute and the Carter Center,have promoted transparency as a tool for fighting corruption, protecting human rights, andimproving economic growth. Theenthusiasm for open governmentis reflected in the dramatic rise inthe number of countries whichhave adopted national laws recognizing a right toinformation held by public authorities. A decade

ago, only two dozen countries had adopted right-to-information (RTI) laws; today, almost seventy havesuch laws. Jamaica, which adopted its Access toInformation Act in 2002, is part of this remarkableinternational phenomenon.

Of course, the adoption of an RTI law is only one of the first steps toward improved governmentalopenness. Around the world, advocates of opennesswill continue to confront substantial challenges. In this paper, I wish to describe three of these chal-lenges. The first of these challenges is ongoing officialresistance to rules that require increased transparency.The second of these challenges arises from profoundchanges in the structure of the public sector, whichalso have the effect of undercutting transparencyrules. The third challenge is posed by the advent of

Open Government: The Challenges AheadAlasdair Roberts

1 Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, ModernisingGovernment: The Way Forward (Paris: OECD, 2005), 28.

Page 142: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

134

information technologies, which will revolutionizethe way in which information is stored within govern-ment agencies. These are substantial, and perhapschronic problems, which will demand continuedattention and advocacy. The fight for transparency is not over; rather, it has barely begun.

A Change in Culture?

The first challenge that will confront advocates oftransparency in years ahead is ongoing official

resistance to transparency requirements. This is areality that is seldom acknowledged in debates overthe adoption of new transparency rules.

On the contrary, political leaders often tell us thatnew RTI laws will bring fundamental changes inbureaucratic practices and culture. In the UnitedKingdom, for example, Prime Minister Tony Blairpromised that the country’s new Freedom ofInformation Act would break down the “traditionalculture of secrecy” within the UK government andproduce a “fundamental and vital change in the relationship between government and governed.”2

In 1999, Home Secretary Jack Straw lauded the lawas a landmark in constitutional history that would“transform the default setting” of secrecy in govern-ment.3 Shortly before its implementation, LordChancellor Charles Falconer, predicted that theFOIA would lead to “a new culture of openness: a change in the way we are governed.”4

British policymakers were not alone in makingsuch claims. In countries that had already adoptedsimilar laws, it was commonplace to suggest that the aim was to encourage a “culture of openness” in public institutions. Shortly after the adoption ofthe Irish FOIA, Information Commissioner KevinMurphy claimed that “the enactment of the FOI Act does mark a radical departure from one style orculture of public service to another.”5 “The culture of FOI,” said an Australian High Court justice, “is a culture which asks not why should the individualhave the information sought, but rather why the individual should not.”6

However, there is little evidence to support the

claim that RTI laws produce radical changes in theessence of bureaucratic culture. Consider, for example,the experience of the United States, which adoptedits Freedom of Information Act exactly forty yearsago. Would we say, looking at the controversies of thelast four years, that the US federal government hasbeen transformed by a “culture of openness”? TheBush administration has fought many battles, oftensuccessfully, in an effort to limit FOIA and other laws,and avoid disclosure of information. Some criticshave called the Bush administration the most secre-tive in decades. Defense and intelligence agencieshave also campaigned vigorously for tighter controlson the release of information. We should not exagger-ate the extent to which the Bush administration hassucceeded in undermining transparency rules.Nevertheless, it is very clear that the fundamentalnorm of transparency is still strongly resisted by elected officials and senior bureaucrats throughout the American government.

Unfortunately, this is true in other countries as well. In Canada, which adopted its Access toInformation Act over twenty years ago, a recentinquiry into corruption within the Liberal govern-ment revealed that officials had invented sophisticatedinternal procedures for dealing with informationrequests which they believed would cause political

2 United Kingdom, Your Right to Know: The Government’s Proposals for a Freedom of Information Act, Cm 3818 (London: Stationery Office,1997), Preface.

3 Jack Straw, House of Commons Debates (London: House of Commons,1999).

4 Lord Charles Falconer, Address to the Society of Editors’ AnnualConference (London: Department of Constitutional Affairs, October 18,2004 [Accessed May 17, 2005]), available from http://www.dca.gov.uk/speeches/2004/lc181004.htm.

5 Kevin Murphy, Address on the Launch of the Freedom of Information Act,1997 (Dublin: Office of the Ombudsman, April 21, 1998 [AccessedDecember 3, 2004]), available from http://ombudsman.gov.ie/21c6_156.htm.

6 Hon. Michael Kirby, Lecture to the British Section of the InternationalCommission of Jurists: Freedom of Information, the Seven Deadly Sins(Canberra: High Court of Australia, December 17, 1997 [AccessedDecember 10, 2004]), available from http://www.hcourt.gov.au/speeches/kirbyj/kirbyj_justice.htm.

Page 143: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Open Government: The Challenges Ahead

135

damage to the government. The inquiry found thatbureaucrats had also manipulated government recordsto avoid revealing corrupt practices.7 Australia adopteda Freedom of Information Act in 1982. Today, proce-dures for controlling politically dangerous requests arenow “well entrenched” in the Australian bureaucracy,according to Rick Snell, a leading commentator onRTI law. Snell calls this the “dry rot” within theAustralian RTI system.8 A veteran user of the NewZealand law, also adopted in 1982, has likewise complained of the growing number of “professional‘communications’ or PR people whose job it is tomanage and restrict the information that reaches the public”. “There is plenty of scope,” this user com-plains, “for deliberate bending of Official InformationAct requirements for tactical political reasons.”9

Even governments with relatively new RTI lawshave begun to resist the obligation to release informa-tion. Ireland, for example, increased fees for makingrequests under its 1997 law so substantially that thenumber of requests dropped by fifty percent. The feechanges, an opposition critic charged, “rendered thewhole concept of Freedom of Information almost useless.”10 In Britain, the Blair government adoptedspecial procedures for handling politically sensitiverequests shortly before its RTI law was scheduled togo into effect, and then refused to release any detailsabout the requests that had been singled out for special handling.11

In sum, a few decades of experience does not pro-vide us with evidence that RTI laws produce radicalchanges in the bureaucratic culture. On the contrary,elected officials and career public servants prove to behighly skilled in finding ways, difficult to detect, toundermine the effectiveness of RTI laws. They maydo this with a clear conscience, believing that secrecyis essential to the public interest, or because they wishto hide evidence of corruption or mismanagement.

In saying that the predispositions of bureaucracyare unlikely to change, we are not saying that theadoption of a RTI law is pointless. Even if bureaucraticculture does not completely transform, an RTI lawcan produce critically important benefits. When

officials resist disclosure, the law regulates the ensuingconflict and provides citizens with remedies to ensurethat the conflict is resolved fairly. Case law may even-tually lead officials to create procedures that result inthe routine disclosure of classes of information thatwere previously withheld. These are importantchanges: the information that is released may beessential for protecting individual rights, enhancingpolitical participation, or fighting corruption.

Nevertheless, it is important to recognize that such disclosures do not follow because officials haveadopted a new “culture of openness.” They do it, forthe most part, because they are good public servantsand they respect the law. But many officials are likelyto continue in their belief that the law should bedrafted differently, or interpreted more restrictively.As a practical matter they are likely to continueadvocating internally for amendments to the law, orperhaps outright abrogation of the law; and they arelikely to continue arguing against disclosure whennovel cases arise, or circumstances change.

This has important implications for anyone—including political leaders, citizens, and non-govern-mental organizations— interested in improving governmental openness. There is a strong temptationto think that the battle over transparency is won bythe passage of an RTI law. Citizens and non-

7 Alasdair Roberts, “Two Challenges in the Administration of the Accessto Information Act,” in Research Studies Volume 2: The Public Service andTransparency, ed. Commission of Inquiry into the Sponsorship Programand Advertising Activities (Ottawa: Commission of Inquiry into theSponsorship Program and Advertising Activities, 2006).

8 Rick Snell, “Contentious Issues Management: The Dry Rot in FOIPractice?,” Freedom of Information Review, no. 102 (2002): 62-65.

9 Nicky Hager, A Researcher’s View of New Zealand’s Official InformationAct: Comments to the International Symposium on Freedom of Informationand Privacy (Auckland, New Zealand: Office of the Privacy Commissioner,2002).

10 Irish Examiner, “Govt Made FOI Concept ‘Almost Useless’: Labour,”Irish Examiner, May 16, 2004.

11 See: Alasdair Roberts, Blacked Out: Government Secrecy in theInformation Age (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2006), Chapter4.; Sean O’Neill, “Freedom to Interfere? No Minister, It’s Too Sensitive,”The Times of London, October 3, 2005, 5.

Page 144: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

136

governmental organizations may turn their attentionto other issues, and philanthropies may direct theirmoney to other projects. But the battle does not endwith the adoption of a law; indeed, it has hardlybegun. We can see that the struggle over access toinformation will continue even decades later. Thechallenge is to maintain the interest and commitmentof a transparency coalition over a very long period of time.

Changes in the Structure ofGovernment

In the future, advocates of transparency shouldexpect to encounter other difficulties in promoting

the entrenchment of the right to information, as profound changes in the structure of government willcomplicate the campaign for openness. I will describe three of these problematictrends.

Privatization

One of the most impor-tant of these trends isthe transfer of govern-mental functions to pri-vate and nonprofit organizations. This is a result ofthe radical change in philosophies of governancewhich swept the globe over the last quarter-century.Private enterprise has entered areas that were once regardedas the core of the public sector.

In the United States, for example, one company,Edison Schools, boasts that it operates so many elementary and secondary schools that it could becounted as one of the largest school systems in theUnited States. Around the world, the business of providing water and sewer systems is now dominatedby three French and German firms—Ondeo, Veolia,and RWE Thames Water. A British firm, Group 4Securicor, operates a network of prisons and deten-tion centers spanning four continents. An Australian

business, Macquarie Infrastructure, has developed alucrative business in building and operating and tollhighways and bridges around the world.12 Even thedefense sector—surely the most basic state function—has been laid open for business. It is estimated thatthe private military industry earned $100 billion inglobal revenue in 2003.13 So many contractor employ-ees were at work in occupied Iraq in 2004—by someestimates, twenty thousand or more—that analystssuggested that it was the private military industry, andnot the United Kingdom (with only ten thousandtroops in the field), that should be counted as the second-largest contributor to the war effort.14

This process of restructuring already has posed asubstantial threat to existing RTI laws, and this willsurely grow in coming years. The threat arises because

of a weakness in our traditional thinkingabout governmentalopenness. Most disclo-sure laws build on a classical liberal concep-tion of the social andpolitical world, whichdraws a sharp distinctionbetween public and pri-vate spheres of activity,and which regards one

of the main aims of political action as being thedefense of the private sphere from incursions by thepublic sphere.15 Disclosure laws typically articulate the distinction by establishing rights to informationheld by organizations in the governmental sphere. As a result, contractors and private firms are oftenexcluded from RTI laws.

One of the most important of these trends is the transfer of governmental functions to

private and nonprofit organizations …Privateenterprise has entered areas that were once

regarded as the core of the public sector.

12 Alasdair Roberts, Transborder Service Systems: Pathways for Innovation orThreats to Accountability? (Washington, DC: IBM Center for the Businessof Government, 2004).

13 P.W. Singer, “Warriors for Hire in Iraq,” Salon.com, April 15, 2004.

14 Ian Traynor, “The Privatisation of War,” The Guardian, December 10,2003, 1.

15 Michael Walzer, “Liberalism and the Art of Separation,” PoliticalTheory 12, no. 3 (1984): 315-330.

Page 145: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Open Government: The Challenges Ahead

137

Two countries have attempted to introduce moreradical responses to the problems created by privatiza-tion. The South African RTI law, adopted in 2000,largely abandons the distinction between “public” and “private” spheres, and establishes a right to infor-mation held by any person or organization “that isrequired for the exercise or protection of any rights.”16

The new Indian law takes a different approach,encompassing “information relating to any privatebody which can be accessed by a public authorityunder any other law.”17 Given the number of regulato-ry laws remaining on the Indian statute books, thismight allow a broad expansion of the scope of theright to information. However, these provisions of theSouth African and Indian laws are largely untested.

Furthermore, it’s likely that an attempt to intro-duce comparably broad legislation elsewhere wouldprobably fail. The mere contemplation of a “univer-sal” RTI policy, covering the whole of the public andprivate sectors, would trigger a well-organized andbroad-based lobby by businesses and other non-gov-ernmental organizations. It would be regarded as anunwarranted attack on the integrity of the privatesector. Businesses would also argue—with some justi-fication—that a push to entrench a general principleof access ignores the specific mechanisms that haveevolved to encourage transparency in particular sectors, such as reporting requirements imposed bysecurities exchanges for publicly traded corporations,or imposed by tax authorities for charitable organiza-tions. (A 1995 proposal to extend the AustralianFreedom of Information Act to the private sector was rebuffed for this reason.18)

In the United States, the difficulties that wouldbeset an attempt to establish such a “universal” rightto information are illustrated by the prolonged failureto establish a mere right to personal information heldby private organizations. By the turn of the century,many OECD countries had adopted privacy laws (alsoknown as data protection laws) that control the use of personal information in the private sector, andinclude a right to access personal information held bythe private sector. The United States, by contrast, has

faced intense resistance from business leaders to the adoption of a comprehensive privacy law. As a result, privacy advocates have been compelled tofight a series of smaller battles for legislation on thehandling of specific types of personal data held in certain industries—such as credit, educational orhealth information.19 Even in these smaller battles,privacy advocates have faced fierce resistance fromindustry lobbies.20

This is likely the future that will confront trans-parency advocates as well. It is practically impossibleto do to the private sector what most democracieshave in the past done to their public sectors—that is,impose a general RTI scheme that affects the whole of the private sector.

The fragmentation of the public sector has had the effect of breaking up the old coalition that couldonce be relied upon to push for stronger transparencyrules. It may be true that businesses often resist thedisclosure of information which they have provided togovernment agencies; but it is also true that businessesare the dominant users of disclosure laws in manycountries.21 So long as government had an expansiverole in regulation and provision of services, businesseshad an interest in assuring their own ability to accessgovernment information quickly.

16 The new rules are contained in the Promotion of Access toInformation Act, Act No. 2 of 2000, Part 3.

17 Section 2(f), Right to Information Act, 2005.

18 Australian Law Reform Commission, Open Government: A Review ofthe Federal Freedom of Information Act 1982, 77 (Canberra: Australian LawReform Commission, 1995), Para. 15.15.

19 David Banisar and Simon Davies, “Global Trends in PrivacyProtection,” John Marshall Journal of Computer and Information Law 18, no.1 (1999): 1-112, 13-14 and 108-111, Robert Gellman, “Does Privacy LawWork?,” in Technology and Privacy: The New Landscrape, ed. Philip Agreand Marc Rotenberg (Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 1998),Charles Sykes, The End of Privacy (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1999),74-75.

20 The struggle over adoption of rules on the handling of medical infor-mation by private sector organizations is one illustration: Amitai Etzioni,The Limits of Privacy (New York: Perseus Books, 1999), 149.

21 Statistics for the United States are not easily obtained. In Canada,almost half of all requests filed under the Access to Information Act arefiled by businesses.

Page 146: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

138

The transfer of public functions to non-govern-mental organizations will break up this commonalityof interest—and put in its place novel conflictsbetween citizens and the new private providers ofpublic services. If the principle articulated in theSouth African law is to be carried forward in othercountries, it will be done incrementally, through asuccession of battles to establish information rights for specific types of information, or for specific sets oforganizations. The work of mobilizing coalitions toestablish information rights will be difficult, and they will often face well-organized and better-funded industryresistance.

Globalization of Policymaking

A second importanttransformation in governance has been the growing influence of international bodiessuch as the International Monetary Fund, WorldBank and World Trade Organization. The last twodecades have witnessed broad and sometimes violentpublic protests against the role which these organiza-tions have played in the restructuring of national governments and economies. Protest leaders haveoften challenged the legitimacy of these bodies—and these challenges are built upon complaints aboutthe secretive ways in which decisions were made,about policy formulated “behind closed doors” inWashington or Geneva. The central claim is thatthese organizations, steeped in the secretive culturesof diplomacy and central banking, have ignored thenorm of transparency.22

Ironically, these organizations often say that theirown objectives are to improve openness in gover-nance. At its first meeting of ministers in Singaporein 1996, the WTO affirmed that one of its main aims was to achieve “the maximum possible level oftransparency,” so far as national trade practices were

concerned.23 For example, many WTO agreementsalso establish an obligation for governments to pub-lish laws, regulations, judicial decisions, administra-tive rulings, and intergovernmental agreements thataffect international trade. Similarly, the InternationalMonetary Fund boasts that it has also undergone a“transparency revolution.”24 This “revolution” refersmainly to the extension of the IMF’s effort to monitorthe behavior of its member states. This was motivatedby a widespread perception that the financial crises ofthe 1990s had been caused by ignorance about the

state of financial sectorsin the crisis countries,and that governments in those countries hadbeen (in the words of a senior IMF official)“economical with thetruth” in reporting theirfinancial positions.25

The sort of “trans-parency” promoted bythe WTO and IMF has

two distinctive features. First, it is principally aboutthe imposition of transparency requirements on mem-ber states, and not on the WTO and IMF themselves.Second, it is also a kind of transparency that has anarrow purpose: advancing the project of global eco-nomic liberalization. As Ann Florini has observed:

The sort of “transparency” promoted by the WTO and IMF…is principally aboutthe imposition of transparency requirements

on member states, and not on the WTO and IMF themselves.

22 See Roberts, Blacked Out: Government Secrecy in the Information Age,Chapter 8.

23 World Trade Organization, Singapore Ministerial Declaration (Geneva:World Trade Organization, 1996).

24 Stanley Fischer, Farewell to the IMF Board (Washington: InternationalMonetary Fund, 2001).

25 Thomas Dawson, IMF Director of External Relations: ThomasDawson, Transparency and the IMF: Toward Second Generation Reforms(Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund, 2003). On the lack ofknowledge about conditions in crisis countries, see: Louis Pauly, WhoElected the Bankers? (Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press, 1997),124, Group of Independent Experts, External Evaluation of IMFSurveillance (Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund, 1999), 99,Rachel Glennerster and Yongseok Shin, Is Transparency Good for You, and Can the IMF Help?, Working Paper 03/132 (Washington, DC:International Monetary Fund, 2004), 2.

Page 147: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Open Government: The Challenges Ahead

139

To date, most of the demands for transparency arecoming from intergovernmental organizations inthe form of new financial and macroeconomic disclosure standards. Their primary purposes are toimprove global economic efficiency and to reducethe volatility of international capital flows…[T]hey are aimed at improving efficiency and safe-guarding international investors…So far, calls fortransparency are not aimed directly at improvingequity and promoting the welfare of the poor.26

This a program for improving transparency that is quite distinct from that typically promoted bydomestic advocates of open government, who aremore often interested in access to information aboutthe conduct of police or military forces; personal filescollected by intelligence forces; information about the disbursement of public money for schools or local public works; information about decisions ofgovernment officials on entitlements to healthcare or education; or information about financial con-tributions to political parties.27

Furthermore, there has been no “transparency revolution” insofar as the internal processes of theinternational financial institutions themselves areconcerned. It is true that these institutions now pub-lish more information than they did fifteen years ago(although it must be noted again that much of thisinformation is the work-product from surveillance ofmember states). Indeed both the WTO and IMF haveasserted that they publish nearly all documents. Insaying this, they usually mean all “official” documentsintended for broad distribution—a caveat that makesthe assertion less meaningful, and also tautological.No international institution28 has adopted a “right toinformation” policy comparable to the rules containedin national RTI laws, which establish a general rightto documents and procedures for dealing with requestsfor documents. Essentially, the international financialinstitutions have produced what the British call “publication schemes”—carefully circumscribed listsof documents that have been prepared for release.Many countries have strongly resisted efforts toimpose an RTI policy on these institutions.

A strong argument can be made that the manyinternational institutions which now shape domesticpolicy should be required to live by the same disclo-sure rules that are imposed on national governments.Nevertheless, a campaign for adoption of such ruleswill prove difficult, for several reasons. One is the factthat there are multiple targets: many institutions,each of which must be encouraged to adopt a similarpolicy. Most of these institutions also operate on amodel of consensual decision-making that makeschanges in policy very difficult. There are, in addi-tion, legitimate concerns among weaker states thatdisclosure policies might work to the advantage ofbetter-organized business interests from the developedworld. All of these considerations suggest that a campaign to establish a right to information withinthe community of international institutions will bevery difficult.

Developments in the Security Sector

A third transformation in governance is also likely to complicate the campaign for openness. This largelyunappreciated change is occurring within the “securi-ty sector” of government—the collection of depart-ments and agencies responsible for defense, intelli-gence and policing.

The security sector is the one area of governmentwhere predispositions toward secrecy are most firmlyentrenched. Throughout the Cold War, the securityestablishments of most nations successfully resisteddemands for increased openness. In authoritarianstates, this secretiveness was justified under the “doctrine of national security,” which said that openness and the other democratic virtues had to besubordinated in the drive to suppress imminent and

26 Ann Florini, Transparency in the Interests of the Poor (Washington, DC:World Bank Summer Research Workshop on Poverty, 1999).

27 United Nations Development Program, Human Development Report2002: Deepening Democracy in a Fragmented World (New York: OxfordUniversity Press, 2002).

28 With the exception of European Union institutions.

Page 148: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

140

substantial threats to the state.29 Even democraticstates had their own, more benign version of thenational security doctrine, which said that the powerto address security threats ought to be concentrated in the hands of well-meaning but secretive elites. In any case, the effect was to transform the securityestablishment into an enclave of secrecy—a realm in which the usual logic of transparency (a calculus of the benefits and risks of openness) did not apply.Security was an absolute trump over any demand for openness.

As the Cold War ended, this preoccupation withabsolute secrecy seemed also to wane. ThroughoutLatin America, the collapse of military regimes wasfollowed by efforts to open the archives of securityservices and document abuses of human rights.Similar experiments with post-transition opennesswere undertaken in Africa, most prominently inSouth Africa after the end of the apartheid govern-ment in 1994,30 and also throughout the formerCommunist Bloc. The newly-unified German government allowed its citizens to obtain records ofpersecution by the Stasi, the former East Germansecret police. Other nations in the former CommunistBloc later emulated, with varying degrees of rigor, the German policy of opening secret police files.

This global phenomenon of disclosure seemed toprovide powerful evidence of the dangers of absolutesecrecy in the security sector. Throughout the 1990s,many human rights advocates asserted a new norm—“a right to know the truth,” validated in internationallaw, which had to be weighed against security con-cerns.31 Many countries emerging from authoritarianrule attempted to entrench this proposition by adopting constitutional or statutory provisions thataffirmed, in general terms, a right to information.These actions, one observer suggested, reflected a “critical transformation” of the terms in which citizens related to the state, which would limit thepotential for abuses of state power in the future.32

In fact, it is probably an overstatement to say thatthere has been “critical transformation” of attitudesabout secrecy in the security sector. The “right to

know the truth” was a right that applied to collapsedregimes or historical records of fading relevance;openness served as a tool for achieving “transitionaljustice,” to use a phrase widely applied by legal scholars.33 Jon Elster characterized access to the filesof security organizations as one way of “closing thebooks”—an unfortunate turn of phrase, perhaps, as the difficulty lay largely in the fact that the bookshad never been open.34 But it conveys the reality:once accounts were settled, security organizationsquickly reverted to old norms of secrecy.

This has been evident in the treatment of securityorganizations under newly adopted RTI laws. Forexample, the Ecuadorian law adopted in 2004 prohibits the disclosure of classified national securityinformation except with the approval of the military-dominated Consejo de Seguridad Nacional.35 India’s2002 law did not apply to nineteen of the country’ssecurity and intelligence organizations. This, asactivists have noted, created a philosophical contra-diction on the law: on one hand, the law mandated

29 The power of the doctrine of national security in Latin American isdiscussed in: Lawrence Weschler, A Miracle, a Universe: Settling Accountswith Torturers (New York: Pantheon Books, 1990).

30 Truth commissions have also been established in Chad, Sierra Leoneand Rwanda.

31 Priscilla Hayner, “Fifteen Truth Commissions,” Human Rights Quarterly16, no. 4 (1994): 597-655. In 2005, a working group established by theOffice of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights con-tinued to work on a “normative instrument” that would acknowledge a“right to know the truth about the circumstances of an enforced disap-pearance and the fate of the disappeared person.”

32 Ruti G. Teitel, Transitional Justice (Oxford: Oxford University Press,2000), 100-102. There is also an argument to be made that excessivesecrecy in the security sector actually undermines national security. Thereis no space to make this argument here, but readers can find the argumentmade in Chapter One of Blacked Out, referenced earlier, or in the follow-ing paper, which can be downloaded from http://www.aroberts.us: AlasdairRoberts, “National Security and Open Government,” Georgetown PublicPolicy Review 9, no. 2 (2004): 69-85.

33 Teitel, Transitional Justice.

34 Jon Elster, Closing the Books: Transitional Justice in Historical Perspective(New York: Cambridge University Press, 2004), 117.

35 Carlos Osorio and Kathleen Costar, Ecuador Enacts Transparency andAccess to Information Law (Washington, DC: freedominfo.org, May 20,2004 [Accessed July 3, 2004]), available from http://www.freedominfo.org/news/ecuador/20040520.htm. The law allows decisions on the classifica-tion of information to be extended indefinitely.

Page 149: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Open Government: The Challenges Ahead

141

the immediate disclosure of information when it con-cerned the “life and liberty of a person;” on the other,it did not impose this mandate on the agencies mostoften accused of violating civil liberties.36 In 2005, theIndian government amended the law to accommodatethis criticism, but only providing a limited right toinformation from security and intelligence agencies incases of alleged human rights abuses. In 2003, SouthAfrican intelligenceauthorities persuaded thegovernment to delay thefull application of thecountry’s disclosure law,and lobbied for a perma-nent exemption from itsrequirements. Humanrights advocates havecomplained that securityagencies destroyed or hidrecords for several years after the transition to majority rule.37

Other established democracies have also provedreluctant to press transparency in the security sector,as the United Kingdom has recently demonstrated. In 1997, Britain’s newly elected Labour governmentpublished a discussion paper on their plans for thecountry’s first Freedom of Information Act. Althoughthe paper was widely hailed for its progressive attitudeon openness, its liberality had sharp limits: several keysecurity organizations were totally excluded from thelaw.38 As added protection, the new law also excludesany information held by other parts of governmentthat is supplied by these agencies, or even relates tothem. For other parts of the security establishment,British cabinet ministers are allowed to sign certifi-cates to prevent independent review bodies fromoverruling their judgment about whether nationalsecurity interests are at stake.39

Other countries take a similar approach. For example, Australia’s Freedom of Information Act—one of the oldest outside the United States—alsoexcludes key intelligence and counterintelligenceservices, and gives ministers the power to block courts

from questioning their claim that disclosure of infor-mation would harm national security.40 Governmentsin New Zealand and Canada may also issue such certificates. In western Europe, some countries simplyexclude information from their disclosure laws if ithas been classified by government officials for nationalsecurity reasons.41 Even in the United States, thesecurity establishment enjoys a special level of protec-

tion against demands foropenness. The Freedomof Information Actdenies a right of accessto classified information,and courts are veryreluctant to challengeexecutive branch judgments on the classi-fication of documents.42

Despite the protectionalready given to classified information, four intelli-gence agencies have lobbied successfully to have files completely excluded from the law.43

This persistent tendency toward secrecy in the security sector is now aggravated

by the trend toward increased “networking” of defense, intelligence

and law enforcement agencies.

36 Siddarth Varadarajan, “Secret Society,” The Times of India, March 27,2004.

37 Verne Harris, “NIA: A Friendlier Big Brother?,” Natal Witness, March15, 2004.

38 United Kingdom, Your Right to Know: The Government’s Proposals for aFreedom of Information Act, para. 2.3. The excluded organizations includethe country’s domestic security service, MI5; its overseas intelligence serv-ice, MI6; its signals intelligence agency, GCHQ; and its special militaryforces, the SAS and the SBS.

39 Freedom of Information Act 2000, sections 23 and 24.

40 Australian Law Reform Commission, Protecting Classified and SecuritySensitive Information, Discussion Paper 67 (Canberra: Australian LawReform Commission, 2004), 61-63.

41 For example, Belgium and Spain.

42 United States Department of Justice, Freedom of Information Act Guide(Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Information andPrivacy, 2004).

43 The Central Intelligence Agency, National Reconnaissance Office,National Imagery and Mapping Agency, and National Security Agency. Afifth organization—the Defense Intelligence Agency—attempted unsuc-cessfully to obtain a similar exemption in 2000. It made the same proposalagain in 2005.

Page 150: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

142

This persistent tendency toward secrecy in thesecurity sector is now aggravated by the trend towardincreased “networking” of defense, intelligence andlaw enforcement agencies. The interlinking of agen-cies is not, by itself, problematic: on the contrary, better coordination promotes collective security. Butmuch depends on the procedures that are adopted toguide the operation of these new “security networks.”And the rules on the handling of information withinthese networks are often designed to assure absolutesecrecy, with scant regard for the interests of actorsoutside the network—such as legislators, public interest groups or citizens—who may wish to holdthese powerful networks accountable for their actions.

A very old security network—the North AtlanticTreaty Organization (NATO)—provides an illustra-tion of the difficulty. In its early years, NATO draftedrules which prevented any NATO country fromdivulging any information—classified or unclassified—which it had received through NATO channels.NATO countries were required to adopt strict lawsand internal policies designed to maintain the confidentiality of such information.

NATO’s influence is observable even today. Overthe last decade, countries throughout Central andEastern Europe have been obliged to adopt strict lawson state secrecy in order to qualify for NATO mem-bership. Public interest groups have often protestedabout the harshness of these laws, but governmentshave insisted that they are consistent with NATOrequirements. NATO, for its part, has consistentlyrefused to allow governments to release the unclassi-fied documents that detail its requirements.44 Thisprovides one very direct illustration of the way inwhich strict rules about the handling of informationwithin the network may corrode the accountability of governments to their citizens.

The NATO model is now being expanded in several different areas. For example, the United Stateshas imposed similarly strict rules on governments whochose to collaborate on its ballistic missile defense

project. Intelligence agencies in many countries alsoinsist on comparable restrictions on disclosure ofshared information. These rules have created substan-tial obstacles for inquiries attempting to probe contro-versies such as the complicity of allied governmentsin the extraordinary rendition of suspected terrorists,or the alleged detention of suspected terrorists insecret prisons in Eastern Europe and elsewhere aroundthe globe. National law enforcement agencies havealso signed information-sharing agreements thatrestrict the dissemination of information. After the9/11 attacks, similar agreements were negotiatedbetween national, state and local law enforcementagencies within the United States. Essentially, amodel that has been applied internationally is beingreplicated within national borders.45

It is difficult for transparency advocates to dealwith the impact of these agreements for two reasons.First, the agreements are often negotiated privatelybetween bureaucracies; the rules that govern the handling of shared information may themselves be withheld from public view. Second, it can beextraordinarily difficult to modify rules that havebeen adopted by many governments. The bureaucraticprocedures of several governments are interlockedover time; when one government wishes to change itsrules, it must obtain the agreement of other govern-ments. Similarly, new members of the network havelittle room for negotiating the terms on which theyjoin: any adjustment would require the consent of allexisting members of the network. In other words,strict rules about information sharing are likely tobecome even more deeply entrenched, and less easily modified, as these “security networks” continueto expand.

44 Alasdair Roberts, “Entangling Alliances: Nato’s Security Policy and the Entrenchment of State Secrecy,” Cornell International Law Journal 36,no. 2 (2003): 329-360.

45 See Roberts, Blacked Out: Government Secrecy in the Information Age,Chapter 6.

Page 151: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Open Government: The Challenges Ahead

143

Effect of New InformationTechnologies

Efforts to improve governmental transparency alsowill be complicated by the advent of new infor-

mation technologies.46 Computerization will eventual-ly transform the structure of information held by public agencies in profound ways. The old mainstaysof governmental record-keeping—paper documents,manila folders, steel file cabinets—will give way toinformation held in new forms, either as digitizeddocuments stored on the hard drives of officials’ com-puters, or massive databases containing millions ofbits of information about government transactions.

We might think that new technologies would simplify the task of making government more transparent. After all,digitized information is easier to share: largevolumes of informationcan be posted on theweb, and vast amounts of data extracted fromgovernment databasescan be stored on a singlememory stick. And tech-nological advances suchas email actually create arecord of transactions that might previously havegone uncaptured—in the form of a phone call, for example.

All this is true. And yet there are other difficultiesthat are likely to arise. First, the advent of new tech-nologies will complicate the job of recordkeeping; it is a universal experience that technologicalimprovements result in an exponential growth in the volume of recorded information (including, paradoxically, paper documents) held by governmentagencies. Agencies will need to be adept in managingthis vast amount of information. Records which cannot be found, also cannot be released in responseto a request under RTI law.

New technologies are also likely to demand greatersophistication on the part of individuals who makerequests for information, and the officials who processthose requests. Increasingly, a request for informationwill require some knowledge of the technologies that are used to store data within agencies; similarly,officials will need to know how to extract data fromsophisticated databases. Responding to requests willno longer be a simple job of copying documents contained within a similar folder. Journalists and non-governmental organizations may also find thatgreater resources and technical skills are required tomake sense of data that is extracted in bulk form fromgovernment databases.

In some jurisdictions, the advent of new tech-nologies has also led to a reappraisal of old practices

regarding access to gov-ernment information.For example, it has beencommonplace in somecountries for decades to make certain docu-ments, such as court or property records, routinely accessible tothe public at courthous-es or local governmentoffices. These records

were “accessible in principle, but practically obscure,”in the words of a US court—which is to say, the doc-uments could be obtained, but required a little troubleto obtain them. Practical considerations imposed abarrier to access.

New technologies eliminate these barriers, andraise new and troubling questions. Should court docu-ments revealing embarrassing or intimate personal

New technologies are also likely to demand greater sophistication on the part of

individuals who make requests for information,and the officials who process those requests.

46 See Ibid., Chapter 9.

Page 152: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

144

details be posted on the web? Should private firms beallowed to harvest this information in bulk, so that itcan be resold to other companies? Many citizens aretroubled by the threats to privacy that might be posedas a consequence of the adoption of new technolo-gies. And as a consequence, governments are recon-sidering the old notion that these records should be“accessible in principle.” They are reconstructing inlaw the limits on access that previously resulted fromthe limitations of old, paper-based technologies.

An Ongoing Campaign

The situation confronting advocates of trans-parency can be summarized in this way. On

one hand, a norm of transparency—a standard ofbehavior for government officials—is becoming widely accepted. There are an ever increasing numberof laws and regulations that are intended to giveeffect to the norm of transparency. On the otherhand, there are substantial forces that will compro-mise efforts to entrench that norm in everyday practice. Officials will continue to resist transparencyrequirements, and they may find more sophisticatedand less easily detected ways of doing this. The structure of government will also change in ways that compromise openness. The advent of new information technologies will also make debates over transparency more complex.

As I have noted earlier, this implies that the struggle for transparency will not end after an RTI law is adopted. Battles over the control of informa-tion, or debates over the adaptation of RTI law torapidly changing circumstances, will persist fordecades. This implies the need for a well-organizedcoalition that is able to campaign for openness foryears after an RTI law is adopted.

Such a coalition would have two importantresources. The first is widespread public appreciationof the need for openness. The second is the remark-able transnational network of activists which hasemerged over the last five years. It is easier than ever before for activists to call on colleagues in other countries for advice and moral support.

On the other hand, there are dangers. Criticalpartners, such as philanthropies or non-governmentalorganizations, may be unwilling to make commit-ments to long-term projects with uncertain results.The popular media, distracted by other news, maystop paying attention to the problem of governmentsecrecy. Debates over openness may seem to becomemore complicated and technical.

Activists will have to devise clever ways of over-coming these problems, to build a robust and durablealliance for openness. Pressure to restore the walls of secrecy will persist—and so, therefore, must we. A strong democracy cannot be built without properaccess to information about the workings of its major institutions.

Page 153: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

145

Alicia Athié received her B.A. in InternationalRelations from the Political and Social ScienceSchool of the National Autonomous University ofMexico (UNAM). She worked in the Miguel HidalgoDelegation as the delegation chief’s public relationsadvisor. Currently, she works at Fundar in theTransparency project as the communications coordinator.

Nancy Anderson is the legal officer at TheIndependent Jamaican Council for Human Rights.From 2000 to 2003, she was the Executive Director at the Legal Aid Council. After graduating fromMichigan State University, she came to Jamaica in 1969 as a teacher with the Peace Corps. Ms.Anderson graduated from Norman Manley LawSchool in Jamaica in 1981 and has practiced law atKingston Legal Aid Clinic Limited, Messrs Crafton S,Miller & Co., and The Legal Aid Council and theIJCHR. From 1989 to 2004, she was an HonorarySecretary for The Jamaican Bar Association. She is aBoard Member of Citizens Action for Free and FairElections (CAFFE) and Secretary of the EditorialBoard for Jamaica Law Reports. She has publishedseveral articles including Criminal Law and the Mentally Ill in Jamaica in the West Indian Law Journal.

Richard Calland is the Executive Director of theOpen Democracy Advice Centre in Cape Town,South Africa, and head of the Right to Know pro-gram at the Institute for Democracy in South Africa(IDASA), where he has worked since 1995. Mr.Calland was a leading member of the ten-organizationOpen Democracy Campaign Group that conductedextensive research and lobbied intensively in relationto what was then the Open Democracy Bill (now thePromotion of Access to Information Act 2000). Largeparts of the bill were re-written by the Parliamentary

Committee as a result of the lobbying of theCampaign Group. The Open Democracy AdviceCentre provides advice and support for organizationsmaking requests for information under the Promotionof Access to Information Act and also conducts testcase litigation.

Mr. Calland has written and spoken extensively on the issue of access to information legislation andimplementation, and in 2002 published the book The Right to Know, The Right to Live: Access toInformation. He has also published numerous booksand articles in the field of South African politics,including Real Politics—The Wicked Issues and Thabo Mbeki’s World: The Politics & Ideology of theSouth African President. His most recent book,Whistleblowing Around the World: Law, Culture &Practice, was published in April 2004. He serves as amember of Professor Joseph Stiglitz’s InternationalTask Team on Transparency.

Prior to coming to South Africa in 1994, Callandpracticed at the London Bar for seven years, specializ-ing in Public Law. He has an LLM in ComparativeConstitutional Law from the University of CapeTown (1994) and is a feature commentator for theweekly Mail and Guardian newspaper.

Colin Campbell was born in the parish of Manchesterand attended the St. Paul’s Primary School beforemoving on to Munro College and Calabar HighSchool. He pursued his Tertiary Education at theInternational Training Institute in Sydney, Australia.

As a journalist and communications expert, ColinCampbell joined the staff of the Jamaica BroadcastingCorporation in 1973, and became Acting ChiefTelevision News Editor at age 24 after being one ofthe main directors of the nightly news from the ten-der age of 19. Colin, along with three (3) members ofthe Jamaica Broadcasting Corporation formed aPublic Relations and Advertising Firm,

About the Authors

Page 154: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

146

Communication Services Limited in 1982. He served as Secretary and then Vice President of theAdvertising Agencies Association of Jamaica andTreasurer of the Press Association of Jamaica.

Colin Campbell, Minister of Information andDevelopment in the Office of the Prime Minister, hasbeen instrumental in formulating and implementingpolicies towards achieving effective governance.

This is Mr. Campbell’s second stint as Minister of Information. He previously served as Minister of State in the Ministries of Industry, Commerce and Technology; Local Government, Youth andCommunity Development and Public Utilities and Transport, following a stint as ParliamentarySecretary in the Ministry of Water and Transport.

He was Chairman of the Spectrum ManagementAuthority from February 2003 to March 2006 andalso Chairman of the Universal Access FundCompany Limited, created in May 2005 to providefinancial support for the government’s e-learning project.

Jimmy Carter (James Earl Carter, Jr.), thirty-ninthPresident of the United States, was born October 1,1924, in the small farming town of Plains, Georgia.He was educated at Georgia Southwestern Collegeand the Georgia Institute of Technology, and receiveda B.S. degree from the United States Naval Academy.He completed his graduate work at Union College inreactor technology and nuclear physics. In 1962, hewas elected to the Georgia Senate. He lost his firstgubernatorial campaign in 1966, but won the nextelection, becoming Georgia’s 76th governor onJanuary 12, 1971. He was the Democratic NationalCommittee campaign chairman for the 1974 congres-sional and gubernatorial elections. Jimmy Carterserved as President of the United States from January20, 1977 to January 20, 1981. Significant foreign policy accomplishments of his administration includedthe Panama Canal treaties, the Camp David Accords,the treaty of peace between Egypt and Israel, theSALT II treaty with the Soviet Union, and the establishment of U.S. diplomatic relations with the

People’s Republic of China. He championed humanrights throughout the world.

In 1982, he was named a Distinguished Professor at Emory University in Atlanta, Georgia, and foundedThe Carter Center. Actively guided by PresidentCarter, the nonpartisan and nonprofit Center address-es national and international issues of public policy.Carter Center fellows, associates, and staff join withPresident Carter in efforts to resolve conflict, promotedemocracy, protect human rights, and prevent diseaseand other afflictions. Through the Global 2000 pro-grams, the Center advances health and agriculture inthe developing world.

On October 11, 2002 the Norwegian NobelCommittee awarded the Nobel Peace Prize for 2002to Mr. Carter “for his decades of untiring effort to find peaceful solutions to international conflicts, to advance democracy and human rights, and to promote economic and social development.”

Meredith Cook is a Senior Advisor in theInformation and Policy Compliance team at the BBC. After joining the corporation in July 2004,Meredith played a key role in preparing the BBC forthe implementation of the FOIA. She now advises oncompliance and policy issues and delivers the FOIAtraining programme.

Prior to joining the BBC, Meredith was a ResearchFellow at the Constitution Unit, University CollegeLondon. She managed a consultancy and researchteam and specialized in comparative internationalFOIA research. Her publications included Balancingthe Public Interest Test, a paper for FOIA decision-makers. Meredith originally qualified as a solicitor in New Zealand and worked first in private practicebefore moving to a role in broadcasting policy in the New Zealand government.

Carlton Davis currently serves as Jamaica’s CabinetSecretary and Head of the Civil Service, a post he has held since July, 1993. Previously he held positionsas Executive Director, Chairman, and ExecutiveChairman of the Jamaica Bauxite Institute from 1976

Page 155: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

About the Authors

147

to 1993. Other previously held positions includechairman of the Clarendon Alumina ProductionLimited as well as Chairman of the National HousingTrust from 1989 to1993. Dr. Davis has authored twobooks on the bauxite industry and has published some 60 papers on the chemistry and mineralogy ofsoils, clays and bauxite. He was educated at McGillUniversity, in Montreal, Canada and the Universityof the West Indies.

Guy Dehn is a practicing barrister and a trustee ofthe Allen Lane Foundation. He was called to the barin 1982 and practiced until 1986. From 1986 to1993he was the Legal Officer to the National ConsumerCouncil. Currently, Mr. Dehn is the director of PublicConcern at Work, the UK’s whistleblowing charity.The charity, set up in 1993, has three key activities:Free help for individuals concerned about wrongdoingat work but unsure whether or how to raise the matter; professional services for organizations; andpolicy and campaign work on the public interest. The charity, which is now self-funding, was closelyinvolved in settling the scope and detail of the PublicInterest Disclosure Act 1998 and advises on compara-ble legislative initiatives in the international sphere.

Kevin Dunion was appointed as the first ScottishInformation Commissioner in February 2003. Hegraduated with M.A. (Hons) in Modern History fromthe University of St Andrews and MSc in AfricanStudies from the University of Edinburgh and hisbackground is in the volunteer sector. He has workedas Campaigns Manager for Oxfam and later as ChiefExecutive of Friends of the Earth. From 1996 to 2000he also served as Chairman of Friends of the EarthInternational. For this role he was awarded an OBE in 2000.

He has written extensively on Scottish politics,sustainability and environmental justice. He was thefounding editor of Radical Scotland magazine from1982 to 1986, and his research into environmentaljustice was conducted while he was an HonorarySenior Research Fellow at Strathclyde University. His

latest book Troublemakers—the Struggle forEnvironmental Justice in Scotland includes a chapter onthe campaign for freedom of information in Scotland.He has been a Board Member of Scottish NaturalHeritage and of the Cabinet Sub Committee on aSustainable Scotland. He relinquished these appoint-ments on taking up the role of Scottish InformationCommissioner.

Carole Excell is The Carter Center FieldRepresentative in Jamaica working on the Access to Information Project. She is responsible for theimplementation of the project in Jamaica whichinvolves working with various stakeholders inGovernment and civil society partners to encourageand support full and effective implementation andenforcement of the ATI Act. As part of the Access to Information project she has been involved in thedevelopment of materials on Access to Information,conducted research and analysis on legal and policyissues associated with the right to information andcurrently acts as the Secretariat to the VolunteerAttorneys Panel, a panel of lawyers who provide pro bono services to civil society organizations andindigent persons. Mrs. Excell is an Attorney-at-lawwith a LLB from the University of the West Indiesand Certificate of Legal Education from the NormanManley Law School, Mona. She has a Master’s Degree in Environmental Law from the University ofAberdeen in Scotland. She has seven years workingexperience working for the Government of Jamaicaon environmental and planning issues both at theNatural Resources Conservation Authority and then at its successor the National Environment and Planning Agency.

Carolyn Gomes is the Executive Director ofJamaicans For Justice, a non-profit, non-violent, non-partisan Citizens’ Rights Action Group. Formedin 1999 JFJ’s primary focus is advocacy against StateAbuse of Rights and strengthening of existing protec-tion for rights. The organization has become one ofthe premier Human Rights Advocacy organizations in

Page 156: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

Building a Culture of Transparency

148

Jamaica and forged important linkages with otherlocal and international organizations working onissues of Abuse of Human Rights. In 2001 the organi-zation took as a secondary focus of activity Access toInformation. Carolyn Gomes has spearheaded JFJ’sactivities around Access to Information since 2001.These activities have included lobbying and advocacyaround the development of an Access to InformationAct, conducting public education activities andmedia campaigns, and monitoring and reporting on implementation.

A Medical Doctor by training Carolyn Gomes hasworked to educate herself, members of JFJ and thewider community on the importance of the protectionof human rights and proper accountability systems for breaches of these rights, as well as the benefits ofAccess to Information for the enjoyment and protec-tion of all other rights. She has presented extensivelyin Jamaica and internationally on issues of HumanRights in Jamaica and on Access to Information issuesand has written numerous articles and papers on thesetopics for local and international publication.

Laura Neuman is the Assistant Director for theAmericas Program at The Carter Center. She is theAccess to Information Project Manager and directsand implements Carter Center transparency projects,including projects in Jamaica, Bolivia, Nicaragua, andMali. Ms. Neuman edited three widely distributedguidebooks on fostering transparency and preventingcorruption and has presented at a number of interna-tional seminars relating to Access to Information legislation and implementation, most recently inJamaica, Bolivia, Peru, Mexico, Argentina, CostaRica, the United States, Canada, and Ecuador. Book and article publications include Access toInformation: A Key to Democracy, Using Freedom ofInformation Laws to Enforce Welfare Benefits Rightsin the United States, and co-authored CompellingDisclosure of Campaign Contributions throughAccess to Information Laws: The South AfricanExperience and Relevance for the Americas. Ms.Neuman is a member of the Initiative for Policy

Dialogue task force on transparency and anInternational Associate to the Open DemocracyAdvice Center, South Africa.

As part of her transparency work, she served asExecutive Secretary for the Carter Center’s Councilfor Ethical Business Practices. Ms. Neuman also hasled and participated in international election moni-toring missions throughout the Western hemisphere.Prior to joining The Carter Center in August 1999,Ms. Neuman was senior staff attorney for Senior Lawat Legal Action of Wisconsin. She is a 1993 graduateof the University of Wisconsin law school.

Open Democracy Advice Centre (ODAC) TheOpen Democracy Advice Centre is a section 21 non-profit company based in Cape Town, SouthAfrica. ODAC’s mission is to promote open andtransparent democracy, foster a culture of corporateand government accountability, and assist people inSouth Africa to realize their human rights. ODACseeks to achieve its mission through supporting theeffective implementation of rights and laws thatenable access to, and disclosure of, information.

Alasdair Roberts is associate professor at the MaxwellSchool of Citizenship and Public Affairs at SyracuseUniversity. He is also Director of the Campbell Public Affairs Institute at Syracuse University, and anHonorary Senior Research Fellow of the ConstitutionUnit, School of Public Policy, University CollegeLondon. Professor Roberts began his B.A. in politicsat Queen’s University in 1979. He received a JD fromthe University of Toronto Faculty of Law in 1984, aMaster’s degree in Public Policy from the KennedySchool of Government at Harvard University in1986, and a Ph.D. in Public Policy from HarvardUniversity in 1994.

Professor Roberts is a member of the Board of Editors of Public Administration Review, Public Management Review, the Journal of PublicAdministration Research and Theory, InternationalPublic Management Journal, International Review ofPublic Administration, Revue Governance, Open

Page 157: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

About the Authors

149

Government, and freedominfo.org. He is also a member of the Initiative for Policy Dialogue’sTransparency Task Force.

Professor Roberts has two research interests: publicsector restructuring and transparency in government.His work has been widely published. In 2005 hereceived the Johnson Award for Best Paper in Ethics and Accountability in the Public Sector. His book, Blacked Out: Government Secrecy in theInformation Age, was published by CambridgeUniversity Press in February 2006.

Martin Rosenbaum is an executive producer in theBBC’s Political Programmes department, and hasbeen leading the BBC’s journalistic use of freedom of information. He has produced two Radio 4 documentaries on the subject. In 2004, he had a sabbatical away from the BBC at Oxford University,where he completed a research project on how journalists in Ireland and Sweden have used their FOI laws. He blogs about FOI at http://www.bbc.co.uk/blogs/opensecrets/.

Helen Rumbolt attended the University of the WestIndies (UWI) Mona and the Royal Institute of PublicAdministration (RIPA) International. She has anMBA in Public Sector Management with Certificatesin Records Management and Electronic RecordsManagement. Ms. Rumbolt has been a Chairperson

at the Association of Access to InformationAdministrators (AATIA), a member of the Libraryand Information Association of Jamaica (LIAJA), a member of Jamaica Archives and RecordsManagement Association and a member of theGovernment Records and Information Managers (G-RIM) Group. In 1992, she became the Librarianat the Kingston and St. Andrew Parish Library andfrom 1993 to1994 she was the Senior Librarian of the Jamaica Library Service. Ms. Rumbolt was the Director of Documentation in the Ministry of the Public Service and the Environment from 1994 to 1995 and the Director of Documentation,Information and Access Services in the Ministry ofFinance and Planning (Jamaica). She is a part-timelecturer on Archives and Records Management at the UWI Mona.

Tania Sánchez received her M.A. in InternationalRelations and Development from ColumbiaUniversity, and B.A. in International Relations fromEl Colegio de México. She has worked in severalprojects related to micro enterprise and microfinance.Recently, she worked in the Presidency’s Office forStrategic Planning and Regional Development.Currently, she works in Fundar in the Transparency project.

Page 158: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

150

The Carter Center at a Glance

Overview: The Carter Center was founded in 1982by former U.S. President Jimmy Carter and his wife,Rosalynn, in partnership with Emory University, to advance peace and health worldwide. A non-governmental organization, the Center has helped to improve life for people in more than 65 countriesby resolving conflicts; advancing democracy, humanrights, and economic opportunity; preventing diseases; improving mental health care; and teaching farmers to increase crop production.

Accomplishments: The Center has observed 62 elections in 25 countries; helped farmers double or triple grain production in 15 African countries;worked to prevent and resolve civil and internationalconflicts worldwide; intervened to prevent unneces-sary diseases in Latin America and Africa; and strivedto diminish the stigma against mental illnesses.

Budget: $46.8 million 2004-2005 operating budget.

Donations: The Center is a 501(c)(3) charitableorganization, financed by private donations from individuals, foundations, corporations, and international development assistance agencies.Contributions by U.S. citizens and companies are tax-deductible as allowed by law.

Facilities: The nondenominational Cecil B. DayChapel and other facilities are available for weddings,corporate retreats and meetings, and other specialevents. For information, (404) 420-5112.

Location: In a 35-acre park, about 1.5 miles east ofdowntown Atlanta. The Jimmy Carter Library andMuseum, which adjoins the Center, is owned andoperated by the National Archives and RecordsAdministration and is open to the public. (404) 865-7101.

Staff: 150 employees, based primarily in Atlanta.

Mar

tin

Fra

nk

Page 159: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency
Page 160: Access to Information: Building a Culture of Transparency

The Carter Center

One Copenhill 453 Freedom ParkwayAtlanta, GA 30307

(404) 420-5100 � Fax (404) 420-5145

www.cartercenter.org